{"title":"Prefabricated concrete","description":"\u003cp\u003eVetonek's \u003cstrong\u003eprefabricated concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e products are pieces made in a workshop and ready to install on site and in the garden: paving, kerbs, balusters, columns, corbels, chimney tops and building accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTypes of prefabricated concrete\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving:\u003c\/strong\u003e pavers such as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/adoquin-briones-autotrabante\"\u003eBriñones interlocking paver\u003c\/a\u003e, slabs, Japanese-style stepping stones, steps and stair treads, plus grass-paving grids for permeable surfaces such as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/pavicesped-obanos-celosia-cesped\"\u003ePavicésped Obanos\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKerbs and drainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e kerbs, channels and matching pieces for each paver.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBalustrades and columns:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/balaustre-penalara-60-cm\"\u003ebalusters\u003c\/a\u003e, pillars, pier caps, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/columna-arnedillo-clasica\"\u003ecolumns\u003c\/a\u003e, bases and capitals.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFencing and enclosures:\u003c\/strong\u003e panels, columns, blocks and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/celosias\"\u003ebreeze blocks\u003c\/a\u003e; see also \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/vallados-y-cerramientos-de-hormigon\"\u003econcrete fences and enclosures\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/pilares-y-bloques-decorativos\"\u003edecorative pillars and blocks\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorbels and roof elements:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/canecillo-fitero-imitacion-madera\"\u003ecorbels\u003c\/a\u003e and wood-look plaques, curved vault infills and access hatches.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChimneys and building accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/products\/remate-de-chimenea-ordesa-salida-de-humos\"\u003echimney tops\u003c\/a\u003e, static extractors, gargoyles, drains, window sills, bases and supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to choose a prefabricated piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eDefine the use (paving, finishing piece, enclosure or decoration) and filter by type of piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eCheck the product sheet for dimensions, colour and pieces per m² or per linear metre.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePick the finishing pieces from the same model so the whole looks continuous.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAny load-bearing use, anchoring or foundation must be validated by the project technician.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelated guides: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/blogs\/garden-ideas\/concrete-pavers-slabs-paths-driveways-how-to-choose\"\u003econcrete pavers and slabs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/blogs\/construction-1\/concrete-corbels-decorative-beams-eaves-porches-guide\"\u003ecorbels and decorative beams\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/blogs\/garden-ideas\/decorative-concrete-columns-bases-capitals-how-to-choose\"\u003edecorative columns\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is prefabricated concrete?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is concrete pieces made in a workshop with a defined shape and size, ready to install on site or in the garden. Examples are pavers, kerbs, balusters, columns or corbels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of pieces are in this collection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is paving, kerbs, balusters and columns, enclosure pieces, corbels and building accessories such as chimney tops, access hatches or window sills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used for structural purposes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach piece has its own function and limits as shown on its product sheet. If it will carry loads, or needs reinforcement and anchoring, the project technician must validate the solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I calculate the quantity I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach product sheet gives the coverage per m² or per linear metre and the number of pieces per pallet. Measure the area or length and allow a margin for cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"paso-japones-redondo-blanco","title":"Round Japanese Step Concrete","description":"\u003ch2\u003eJapanese Step of 38 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the \u003cstrong\u003eJapanese step\u003c\/strong\u003e with a diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e38 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a thickness of \u003cstrong\u003e4-5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. This product is an \u003cem\u003eaffordable\u003c\/em\u003e option that stands out for its \u003cstrong\u003egreat durability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003evisual appeal\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for creating pathways that create a visual impact in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstalling Japanese Steps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling \u003cstrong\u003eJapanese steps\u003c\/strong\u003e is easy and practical. You can place them on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGravel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure \u003cstrong\u003estability\u003c\/strong\u003e and comfort underfoot, it is recommended to place each piece on a thin layer of \u003cstrong\u003esand\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003e1 or 2 centimeters\u003c\/strong\u003e of sand is enough; this way, each \u003cstrong\u003eJapanese step\u003c\/strong\u003e will stay fixed in place and won't shift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 kg per unit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Ø 38 cm. \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":50331803156827,"sku":"8431883211658","price":12.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 38 cm. \/ Unit \/ Gray","offer_id":50331803189595,"sku":"8431883212808","price":10.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/IMG_14021280x960_82fc9b01-d407-4ef7-92dd-124d40af7074.jpg?v=1765041618"},{"product_id":"bordillo-jardin-barato","title":"Wave curb.","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAffordable Concrete Garden Edging\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover our \u003cstrong\u003eaffordable concrete edging\u003c\/strong\u003e, an ideal choice for anyone looking for minimalist style and functionality in their garden. These edging blocks are practical and very competitively priced, perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeparating\u003c\/strong\u003e different areas of the garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreating\u003c\/strong\u003e flower beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurrounding\u003c\/strong\u003e trees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilding\u003c\/strong\u003e a sandbox for your children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e2 different colors\u003c\/strong\u003e, we guarantee you will find the right one for your project. Each edging piece has the following dimensions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e in weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition, each edging piece features \u003cstrong\u003e4 waves\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it an attractive and sturdy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstalling Concrete Edging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to their weight, we recommend wearing \u003cstrong\u003egloves\u003c\/strong\u003e and having \u003cstrong\u003etwo people\u003c\/strong\u003e move them. The edging pieces can simply be set on the ground with a little sand, or, for more serious projects, you can opt to install them using \u003cstrong\u003emortar\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your garden today\u003c\/strong\u003e with our concrete edging and give your outdoor space a practical, modern touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this wavy edging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 50 cm long, 19.5 cm high and 6 cm thick, and weighs 12 kg. Each edging piece has 4 waves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to separate areas of the garden, create flower beds, surround trees or build a sandbox for children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in 2 different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be set on the ground with a little sand or, for more serious projects, with mortar. Due to its weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having two people move it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this wavy edging?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 50 cm long, 19.5 cm high and 6 cm thick, and weighs 12 kg. Each edging piece has 4 waves.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is used to separate areas of the garden, create flower beds, surround trees or build a sandbox for children.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in 2 different colors.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It can be set on the ground with a little sand or, for more serious projects, with mortar. Due to its weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having two people move it.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ 50x20x6 cm. \/ Cream white","offer_id":50331803943259,"sku":"8431883213805","price":4.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ 50x20x6 cm. \/ Toasted","offer_id":50331803976027,"sku":"8431883213829","price":4.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 100 units \/ 50x20x6 cm. \/ Cream white","offer_id":50331804008795,"sku":"8431883213812","price":389.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 100 units \/ 50x20x6 cm. \/ Toasted","offer_id":50331804041563,"sku":"8431883213836","price":389.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bordillo-jardin-ondulado.jpg?v=1743610114"},{"product_id":"bordillo-redondeado-50x20-cm","title":"50x20 cm round curb.","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCheap Concrete Garden Edging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDiscover our \u003cem\u003econcrete edging\u003c\/em\u003e with a minimalist look, ideal for separating different areas of your garden and creating unique spaces such as flower beds, surrounds for trees, or even a sandbox for your children. This concrete edging is available in \u003cstrong\u003e2 different colors\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can find the perfect option for your project.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures of the Concrete Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e - \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm long, 19.5 cm high and 6 cm thick.\u003cbr\u003e - \u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 kg, ensuring durability and stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstalling Concrete Edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese are heavy products, so we recommend wearing \u003cem\u003egloves\u003c\/em\u003e and moving them with two people to ensure safe handling. Installation can be done simply by setting the edging pieces on the ground with a little \u003cem\u003esand\u003c\/em\u003e, or, if your project is more ambitious, with \u003cem\u003emortar\u003c\/em\u003e for a more solid fixing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTransform your garden with our concrete edging and enjoy a unique, personalized space!\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this round edging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 50 cm long, 19.5 cm high and 6 cm thick, and weighs 12 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for separating garden areas and creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandbox for children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in 2 different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be set on the ground with a little sand or, for a more solid fixing, with mortar. Because of its weight, we recommend wearing gloves and moving it with two people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this round edging?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 50 cm long, 19.5 cm high and 6 cm thick, and weighs 12 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is ideal for separating garden areas and creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandbox for children.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in 2 different colors.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It can be set on the ground with a little sand or, for a more solid fixing, with mortar. Because of its weight, we recommend wearing gloves and moving it with two people.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ Cream white","offer_id":50331804467547,"sku":"8431883213768","price":4.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ Toasted","offer_id":50331804500315,"sku":"8431883213782","price":4.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 100 units \/ Cream white","offer_id":50331804533083,"sku":"8431883213775","price":389.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 100 units \/ Toasted","offer_id":50331804565851,"sku":"8431883213799","price":389.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bordillo-jardin-redondo-2.jpg?v=1743610105"},{"product_id":"losa-cuadrada-blanca-60x60-cm","title":"Concrete Slab for Garden and Outdoors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eConcrete paving slab for garden and outdoor use 60x60 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-slip square garden slab measuring 60x60x4 cm, made of concrete with a smooth finish, available in white and grey. Ideal for creating pathways.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece weighs 30 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntended for pedestrian use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a contemporary slab look, they combine beauty, hardness and durability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe perfect combinations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhite slab + Black Basalt Gravel\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrey slab + Premium White Gravel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will be perfect if you like gardens with contrasts between light and dark colours.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePerfect pieces for creating paths and walkways in your garden, with a good height to pair with gravel of up to 24 mm.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground thanks to their hardness and great thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size, colours and weight does this concrete slab have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a square slab measuring 60 × 60 cm with a thickness of 4 cm and a smooth finish, available in white and grey. Each piece weighs 30 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it non-slip and what use is it intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is non-slip and intended for pedestrian use only. It is ideal for creating walkways and paths in the garden with a contemporary slab look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it laid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground, thanks to its hardness and thickness. It has enough height to be paired with gravel of up to 24 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich gravel does it go best with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA recommended combination is the white slab with black basalt gravel and the grey slab with premium white gravel. It works well if you like gardens with contrast between light and dark colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size, colours and weight does this concrete slab have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a square slab measuring 60 × 60 cm with a thickness of 4 cm and a smooth finish, available in white and grey. Each piece weighs 30 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it non-slip and what use is it intended for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is non-slip and intended for pedestrian use only. It is ideal for creating walkways and paths in the garden with a contemporary slab look.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it laid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground, thanks to its hardness and thickness. It has enough height to be paired with gravel of up to 24 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which gravel does it go best with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A recommended combination is the white slab with black basalt gravel and the grey slab with premium white gravel. It works well if you like gardens with contrast between light and dark colours.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ 60x60x4 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50346164945243,"sku":"2070144B-U","price":25.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ 60x60x4 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50346252697947,"sku":"2070144G-U","price":25.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 25 units | 9 m² \/ 60x60x4 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50346164978011,"sku":"2070144B-P","price":566.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 25 units | 9 m² \/ 60x60x4 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50346252730715,"sku":"2070144G-P","price":566.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/losa_cuadrada_hormigon_60x60_4d75987e-aefb-4990-afab-7cf55bbc0280.jpg?v=1765041663"},{"product_id":"losa-jardin-negra-cuadrada","title":"Concrete Slab for Large Garden","description":"\u003ch1 data-path-to-node=\"0\"\u003eConcrete Garden Paving Slab (75x75 cm): Maximum Strength and Rustic Design\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"1\"\u003eTransform your outdoor spaces with the \u003cb\u003eNon-Slip Concrete Slab\u003c\/b\u003e, a large-format paving slab designed to combine the beauty of rustic stone with the functionality of high-hardness concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003eThis square \u003cb\u003e75x75x5 cm\u003c\/b\u003e slab is made with a distinctive \u003cb\u003eshot-blasted, exposed aggregate\u003c\/b\u003e finish that highlights the internal gravel (black Igea or \u003ci\u003epremium\u003c\/i\u003e white), creating a non-slip texture and a visually appealing look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eKey Features of the Slab\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 75 x 75 x 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e High-quality shot-blasted concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/b\u003e Intense Black or Off-White.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSuperior Stability:\u003c\/b\u003e Each piece weighs \u003cb\u003e65 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, which ensures exceptional stability once laid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,4,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaximum Strength:\u003c\/b\u003e Thanks to its hardness and thickness, it can withstand \u003cb\u003evehicle traffic with no problem\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eInstallation and Uses\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003eThe slab is ideal for creating paths, walkways and garage driveways. It is easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on level ground. Its height allows it to blend with decorative gravel of up to \u003cb\u003e40 mm\u003c\/b\u003e, providing a professional and durable finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the 75x75 concrete slab?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a square slab measuring 75 x 75 x 5 cm and weighing 65 kg per piece. It is made of high-quality shot-blasted concrete with exposed aggregate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it withstand vehicle traffic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to withstand vehicle traffic thanks to its hardness and thickness. It is ideal for paths, walkways and garage driveways, laid on gravel, sand or level ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors and finish does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in Intense Black or Off-White. Its shot-blasted, exposed aggregate finish highlights the internal gravel, black Igea or white, and creates a non-slip texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with decorative gravel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its height allows it to be combined with decorative gravel of up to 40 mm, which provides a professional and durable finish in the garden, with a very attractive contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the 75x75 concrete slab?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a square slab measuring 75 x 75 x 5 cm and weighing 65 kg per piece. It is made of high-quality shot-blasted concrete with exposed aggregate.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it withstand vehicle traffic?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it is designed to withstand vehicle traffic thanks to its hardness and thickness. It is ideal for paths, walkways and garage driveways, laid on gravel, sand or level ground.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors and finish does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in Intense Black or Off-White. Its shot-blasted, exposed aggregate finish highlights the internal gravel, black Igea or white, and creates a non-slip texture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it be combined with decorative gravel?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, its height allows it to be combined with decorative gravel of up to 40 mm, which provides a professional and durable finish in the garden, with a very attractive contrast.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Pallet - 5 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50392067801435,"sku":"8431883212631","price":216.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 5 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50392067834203,"sku":"8431883212648","price":227.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 5 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ Black","offer_id":50392067866971,"sku":"8431883212624","price":227.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 15 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50346384556379,"sku":"8431883212662","price":617.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 15 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50346384589147,"sku":"8431883212686","price":647.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 15 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ Black","offer_id":50346384621915,"sku":"8431883212655","price":647.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/FQYE9351.png?v=1764937851"},{"product_id":"losa-cuadrada-75x75-cm-recycla","title":"White Concrete Slab with Blue Glass","description":"\u003ch1 data-path-to-node=\"1\"\u003e💎 Large-Format Concrete Paving Slab (75x75 cm): Sustainable Luxury with Blue Glass\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003eTurn your outdoor spaces into a design gallery with our exclusive concrete slab. At \u003cb\u003e75x75x5 cm\u003c\/b\u003e, this piece is not just paving, it is a statement of style and environmental awareness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e✨ Originality and Sustainable Luxury\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"4,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eAuthentic Recycled Sparkle:\u003c\/b\u003e This slab is an \u003cb\u003eauthentic and original product\u003c\/b\u003e. Instead of ordinary aggregate, we embed \u003cb\u003eintense blue recycled glass\u003c\/b\u003e on a white background, creating an unmatched effect of sparkle and depth that captures the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"4,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eExclusive Design:\u003c\/b\u003e The contrast between the pure white of the concrete and the blue glints gives it a \u003cb\u003eluxurious, contemporary\u003c\/b\u003e look, perfect for high-end gardens, terraces and pool areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnique Features\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eNon-Slip:\u003c\/b\u003e Its rough surface with exposed aggregate ensures safe footing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaximum Stability:\u003c\/b\u003e Each slab weighs \u003cb\u003e65 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, ensuring a firm bed and extreme durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003eOff-White\u003c\/b\u003e base with \u003cb\u003eRecycled Blue Glass\u003c\/b\u003e inlays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eStrength:\u003c\/b\u003e Thanks to their robust construction and generous thickness, once properly laid they \u003cb\u003ecan withstand the passage of light vehicles without any problem\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eInstallation and Maintenance\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eEasy to Lay:\u003c\/b\u003e They settle quickly on a base of gravel, sand or levelled ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eLasting Elegance:\u003c\/b\u003e These slabs combine beauty, hardness and the peace of mind of knowing you are investing in a \u003cb\u003ehigh-quality recycled product\u003c\/b\u003e, designed to be enjoyed for years without maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eInvest in a timeless design that tells a story of sustainability and exclusivity.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this concrete slab with blue glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a large-format square slab measuring 75 × 75 cm with a thickness of 5 cm. Each piece weighs 65 kg, which helps it settle firmly once laid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is embedded in it and what color is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has an off-white concrete base with intense blue recycled glass embedded in place of the ordinary aggregate. That glass creates glints that capture the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it non-slip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts surface is rough, with exposed aggregate, and is designed to provide safe footing. Its design makes it suitable for contemporary-style gardens, terraces and pool areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it laid and what maintenance does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt settles quickly on a base of gravel, sand or levelled ground. It is designed to be enjoyed for years without maintenance once properly laid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this concrete slab with blue glass?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a large-format square slab measuring 75 × 75 cm with a thickness of 5 cm. Each piece weighs 65 kg, which helps it settle firmly once laid.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is embedded in it and what color is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has an off-white concrete base with intense blue recycled glass embedded in place of the ordinary aggregate. That glass creates glints that capture the light.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it non-slip?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its surface is rough, with exposed aggregate, and is designed to provide safe footing. Its design makes it suitable for contemporary-style gardens, terraces and pool areas.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it laid and what maintenance does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It settles quickly on a base of gravel, sand or levelled ground. It is designed to be enjoyed for years without maintenance once properly laid.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ White + Blue Glass","offer_id":50346389340507,"sku":"8431883211641","price":22.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Pallet - 14 units \/ 75x75x5 cm. \/ White + Blue Glass","offer_id":50346389373275,"sku":"8431883212679","price":318.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Losa-jardin-grande-blanca-1280x960_30_c7dc06d0-e624-477e-b6ec-01d33b55a932.png?v=1764946255"},{"product_id":"bordillo-hormigon-gris-100x20-cm","title":"Gray concrete curb.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheap concrete garden edging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your outdoor space with our \u003cem\u003econcrete edging\u003c\/em\u003e, which offers a \u003cstrong\u003eminimalist look\u003c\/strong\u003e and is ideal for separating different areas of your garden. Whether you want to create flower beds, surround trees or build a sandpit for the little ones, this edging is the perfect solution at an \u003cstrong\u003eunbeatable price\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdging dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: \u003cstrong\u003e100 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThickness: \u003cstrong\u003e10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: \u003cstrong\u003e45 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for installing concrete edging:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to their considerable weight, we recommend wearing \u003cem\u003egloves\u003c\/em\u003e and having a second person help you handle them. The edging can be installed in two ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimply set into the ground with a little sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing mortar for a more solid and durable installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake your garden a unique place with our concrete edging!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this grey concrete edging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 100 cm in length, 20 cm in height and 10 cm in thickness, and weighs 45 kg per piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for separating areas of the garden, creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandpit for the little ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be set into the ground with a little sand, or you can use mortar for a more solid and durable installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be handled given its weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to its considerable weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having a second person help you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this grey concrete edging?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 100 cm in length, 20 cm in height and 10 cm in thickness, and weighs 45 kg per piece.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is ideal for separating areas of the garden, creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandpit for the little ones.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It can be set into the ground with a little sand, or you can use mortar for a more solid and durable installation.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should it be handled given its weight?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Due to its considerable weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having a second person help you.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ 100x20x10 cm. \/ Gray straight edges","offer_id":50349435322715,"sku":"A2R","price":8.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ 100x20x10 cm. \/ Chamfered Edge Grey","offer_id":50349435355483,"sku":"A2","price":8.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 25 units \/ 100x20x10 cm. \/ Gray straight edges","offer_id":50349435388251,"sku":"PA2R","price":204.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 25 units \/ 100x20x10 cm. \/ Chamfered Edge Grey","offer_id":50349435421019,"sku":"PA2","price":204.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bordillo-hormigon-jardin-barato_3883dbde-0ffb-4a19-9b74-c6b402ac9041.jpg?v=1743660997"},{"product_id":"bordillo-hormigon-100x20-cm","title":"100x20x8 cm concrete curb.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheap Concrete Garden Edging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover our selection of \u003cstrong\u003econcrete edging\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for those looking for a \u003cem\u003eminimalist look\u003c\/em\u003e and \u003cem\u003epracticality\u003c\/em\u003e at an \u003cstrong\u003eexceptional price\u003c\/strong\u003e. These edging pieces are perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparating different areas in your garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating flower beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurrounding trees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a safe and fun sandbox for children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Variety of Shapes and Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer several models of concrete borders, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraight top edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRounded edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSemi-rounded edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of these models is available in \u003cstrong\u003ethree different colors\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can be sure to find the \u003cem\u003eperfect edging\u003c\/em\u003e for your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEdging Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur pieces have the following measurements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstalling Concrete Edging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to their considerable weight, we recommend wearing \u003cem\u003egloves\u003c\/em\u003e and having \u003cstrong\u003etwo people\u003c\/strong\u003e move the edging pieces. For installation, you can choose to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet them directly on the ground with a little sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay them with mortar for a more durable finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your garden with our concrete edging and enjoy a harmonious, well-defined outdoor space!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this edging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 100 cm in length, 20 cm in height and 8 cm in thickness, and weighs 35 kg per piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for separating garden areas, creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandbox for children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can set it directly on the ground with a little sand, or lay it with mortar for a more durable finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be handled given its weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to its considerable weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having two people move the edging pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there different finishes and colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe description mentions models with straight, rounded and semi-rounded top edges, each available in three different colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this edging?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 100 cm in length, 20 cm in height and 8 cm in thickness, and weighs 35 kg per piece.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is ideal for separating garden areas, creating flower beds, surrounding trees or building a sandbox for children.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"You can set it directly on the ground with a little sand, or lay it with mortar for a more durable finish.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How should it be handled given its weight?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Due to its considerable weight, we recommend wearing gloves and having two people move the edging pieces.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are there different finishes and colors?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The description mentions models with straight, rounded and semi-rounded top edges, each available in three different colors.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ Curved edge \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633175899,"sku":"K8","price":7.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ Curved edge \/ Cream white","offer_id":50349633208667,"sku":"K8CR","price":8.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ Curved edge \/ Toasted","offer_id":50349633241435,"sku":"K8TO","price":8.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ Semicircle \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633274203,"sku":"K-3","price":7.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Unit \/ Straight edges \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633306971,"sku":"K4","price":7.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 34 units \/ Curved edge \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633339739,"sku":"K8PAL","price":236.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 34 units \/ Curved edge \/ Cream white","offer_id":50349633372507,"sku":"K8CRPAL","price":269.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 34 units \/ Curved edge \/ Toasted","offer_id":50349633405275,"sku":"K8TOPAL","price":269.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 34 units \/ Semicircle \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633438043,"sku":"K-3PAL","price":236.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 34 units \/ Straight edges \/ Grey","offer_id":50349633470811,"sku":"K4PAL","price":236.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bordillo-jardin-economico_5873510e-ea83-4101-8447-2c96a9f71a74.jpg?v=1743663465"},{"product_id":"losa-celosia-50x50-cm","title":"Grid Slab Grass 50x50 cm.","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Slip Square Garden Paving Slab\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 50x50x10 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: High-quality concrete\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cem\u003enon-slip square slab\u003c\/em\u003e features 16 square openings, ideal for sowing grass or filling with fine gravel or sand. Available in \u003cstrong\u003egrey\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ecream\u003c\/strong\u003e, each piece weighs 40 kg (160 kg\/m²), making them perfect for both pedestrian use and light vehicle traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an attractive \u003cstrong\u003erustic stone\u003c\/strong\u003e design, these slabs offer a combination of beauty, strength and durability at an affordable price. They are easy to install on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground, thanks to their sturdiness and thickness. When properly laid, they withstand the passage of light vehicles without any problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating paths and walkways in your garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage driveways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePedestrian areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts height is suitable for adding grass or 3-6 mm gravel, creating visual contrasts in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Combinations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eGrey lattice slab + Premium White Gravel\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eCream lattice slab + Basalt Gravel\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow is it installed? Below you will find the steps needed to install the grass lattice slab, ensuring an optimal and long-lasting result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the 50x50 grass lattice slab?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 50x50x10 cm and is made of concrete. Each piece weighs 40 kg (160 kg\/m²) and has 16 square openings to fill with grass, fine gravel or sand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the openings be filled with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe openings can be used to sow grass or be filled with fine gravel or sand. Their height is suitable for adding grass or 3-6 mm gravel, which creates visual contrasts in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat uses is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for creating paths and walkways in the garden, garage driveways and pedestrian areas. It is suitable for both pedestrian use and light vehicle traffic, if properly laid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours is it available in and how is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in grey or cream, with a rustic stone design. It is easy to install on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground, thanks to its sturdiness and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the 50x50 grass lattice slab?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 50x50x10 cm and is made of concrete. Each piece weighs 40 kg (160 kg\/m²) and has 16 square openings to fill with grass, fine gravel or sand.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can the openings be filled with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The openings can be used to sow grass or be filled with fine gravel or sand. Their height is suitable for adding grass or 3-6 mm gravel, which creates visual contrasts in the garden.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What uses is it suitable for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is suitable for creating paths and walkways in the garden, garage driveways and pedestrian areas. It is suitable for both pedestrian use and light vehicle traffic, if properly laid.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colours is it available in and how is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in grey or cream, with a rustic stone design. It is easy to install on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on the ground, thanks to its sturdiness and thickness.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"1 m² (4 u.) \/ 50x50x10 cm. \/ Cream","offer_id":50349820936539,"sku":"8431883213904","price":34.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 m² (4 u.) \/ 50x50x10 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50349820969307,"sku":"8431883213881","price":32.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 7.5 m² (30 u.) \/ 50x50x10 cm. \/ Cream","offer_id":50349821002075,"sku":"8431883213911","price":256.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 7.5 m² (30 u.) \/ 50x50x10 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50349821034843,"sku":"8431883213898","price":243.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/losa-verde-1_e249ddc1-49bd-4b9f-9f14-01f92ad65e4e.png?v=1764936561"},{"product_id":"losa-celosia-cesped-60x40-cm","title":"Grid Paver Grass 60x40 cm.","description":"\u003ch1 data-path-to-node=\"0\"\u003eConcrete Grass Grid Paver 60x40 cm: Beauty, Functionality and Breathable Ground\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"1\"\u003eThis concrete grid paver is the ideal solution for anyone looking to create solid paving without sacrificing the vitality of the garden. It combines the strength of concrete with the natural look of grass or gravel, \u003cb\u003eallowing the ground to breathe\u003c\/b\u003e and filter water naturally, something essential in modern landscaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMain Features\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 60 x 40 x 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSmart Design:\u003c\/b\u003e Features \u003cb\u003e8 square openings\u003c\/b\u003e designed to be filled with grass, sand or fine gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDual Strength:\u003c\/b\u003e Suitable for \u003cb\u003epedestrian use\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003elight vehicle traffic\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight \/ Stability:\u003c\/b\u003e Each piece weighs 30 kg (125 kg\/m²), ensuring a very firm hold on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3,4,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eAesthetics:\u003c\/b\u003e Rustic stone finish, available in grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Perfect Balance: Practical, Attractive and Eco-Friendly\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Functionality and Hardness:\u003c\/b\u003e Made of extra-thick concrete, this paver offers the hardness and durability needed to create garage driveways, paths and walkways. Once properly laid, it supports the weight of cars without any problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Easy Installation:\u003c\/b\u003e They are \u003cb\u003eeasy to lay\u003c\/b\u003e on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on levelled ground, making them ideal for DIY projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Breathable Ground:\u003c\/b\u003e This is its greatest ecological advantage. The grid minimises concreting over, \u003cb\u003eallowing water to filter through\u003c\/b\u003e and the ground to breathe, keeping the ecosystem beneath the paving alive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Aesthetic Combinations:\u003c\/b\u003e The grey paver contrasts perfectly with the green of the grass or the colour of fine gravel (3-6 mm), ideal for designing gardens with colour contrasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/blogs\/ideas-jardin\/celosia-hormigon-cesped-jardin\"\u003eHere are all the steps to follow to install the grass grid paver.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the 60x40 grass grid paver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 60 x 40 x 10 cm and each piece weighs 30 kg (125 kg\/m²). It features 8 square openings to be filled with grass, sand or fine gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it support vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for pedestrian use and light vehicle traffic. Once properly laid, it offers the hardness needed for garage driveways, paths and walkways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it let the ground breathe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the grid allows water to filter through and the ground to breathe, which minimises concreting over. It combines the strength of concrete with the natural look of grass or gravel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it easy to install and what colour is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on levelled ground, making it suitable for DIY. It is available in grey with a rustic stone finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the 60x40 grass grid paver?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 60 x 40 x 10 cm and each piece weighs 30 kg (125 kg\/m²). It features 8 square openings to be filled with grass, sand or fine gravel.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it support vehicles?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is suitable for pedestrian use and light vehicle traffic. Once properly laid, it offers the hardness needed for garage driveways, paths and walkways.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it let the ground breathe?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, the grid allows water to filter through and the ground to breathe, which minimises concreting over. It combines the strength of concrete with the natural look of grass or gravel.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it easy to install and what colour is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is easy to lay on a bed of gravel, sand or directly on levelled ground, making it suitable for DIY. It is available in grey with a rustic stone finish.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"1.2 m² (5 u.) \/ 60x40x10 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50349824835931,"sku":"lcc6040","price":55.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet 8.4 m² (35 u.) \/ 60x40x10 cm. \/ Gray","offer_id":50349824868699,"sku":"lcc6040p","price":384.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Pavicesped_losas_hormigon_con_cesped_en_medio.jpg?v=1764937348"},{"product_id":"adoquines-vetonek","title":"Vetonek Pavers","description":"\u003cp\u003eGrey square paving stones made of double-layer concrete with a smooth, slightly porous surface finish, yet still slip-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions of 10x10 cm with a thickness of 8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 1,000 \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eKg per pallet.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is this paving stone made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a grey, square paving stone made of double-layer concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 10x10 cm with a thickness of 8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it slip-resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has a smooth, slightly porous surface finish and, despite this, it is slip-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does a pallet weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated weight is 1,000 kg per pallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What material is this paving stone made of?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a grey, square paving stone made of double-layer concrete.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 10x10 cm with a thickness of 8 cm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it slip-resistant?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it has a smooth, slightly porous surface finish and, despite this, it is slip-resistant.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much does a pallet weigh?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The stated weight is 1,000 kg per pallet.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"594 pcs = 5.94 m² \/ 10x10x8 cm. \/ Light gray","offer_id":50349881885019,"sku":"av3","price":235.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Adoquinesvetonek.jpg?v=1743666168"},{"product_id":"losa-cuadrada-parquet-50x50-cm","title":"Concrete Slab Imitation Parquet","description":"\u003ch1 data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003eConcrete Parquet Slab (50x50 cm): The Beauty of Wood, Maintenance-Free\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003eDo you dream of the warmth and natural style of parquet on your terrace or garden, but dread the maintenance, sun, and humidity? Forget about sanding, varnishing, or replacing damaged boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003eThe \u003cb\u003eConcrete Imitation Parquet Slab\u003c\/b\u003e is the ultimate solution to have the beauty you love, without the work you hate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e✅ Pleasure and Peace of Mind\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eTotal Freedom:\u003c\/b\u003e This pavement is made for you to \u003cb\u003ejust enjoy it\u003c\/b\u003e. It withstands the elements, humidity, and sun without fading or swelling. It is installed today, enjoyed forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eImmutable Beauty:\u003c\/b\u003e Identical appearance to natural wood, but with the \u003cb\u003edurability of concrete\u003c\/b\u003e. Your garden will maintain that rustic and warm aesthetic for life, effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSafety:\u003c\/b\u003e Its design is \u003cb\u003eantislip\u003c\/b\u003e, providing safety on paths and walkways, even after rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eFeatures that Reinforce the Decision\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"9\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eRobust Format:\u003c\/b\u003e Square slab of \u003cb\u003e50 x 50 x 4 cm\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight and Stability:\u003c\/b\u003e Each piece weighs \u003cb\u003e30 kg\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign:\u003c\/b\u003e Finished with a \u003cb\u003ewood imitation texture\u003c\/b\u003e in brown color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e Intended for \u003cb\u003epedestrian use only\u003c\/b\u003e. Ideal for rustic environments and garden decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"10\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDon't invest in chores, invest in free time.\u003c\/b\u003e Choose the durability that only concrete can offer, with the aesthetics you have always desired\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"50x50x4 cm. \/ Unit \/ Brown","offer_id":50361388040539,"sku":"2070701","price":21.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50x50x4 cm. \/ Pallet - 32 units | 8 m² \/ Brown","offer_id":50361388073307,"sku":"8431883212945","price":646.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/IMG_1617.jpg?v=1764933575"},{"product_id":"losa-rectangular-60x40-cm-1","title":"Black Terrazzo Slab","description":"\u003cp\u003eHoned concrete garden paving slab with a broken edge in black, measuring 60x40x4 cm.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece weighs 23 kg. Non-slip and with a rustic concrete look, it combines beauty, hardness, durability and a very competitive price.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect pieces for creating paths and walkways in your garden, with a good thickness so they can be combined with gravel of up to 40 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy to lay on a bed of fine gravel, sand or directly on the soil. Thanks to their hardness and great thickness, when properly laid they can withstand vehicle traffic without any problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e* These slabs are heavily discounted because some of them may contain stones larger than usual or even a small hollow on the top face. Despite these minor aesthetic imperfections, they retain 100% of their properties and are fully functional.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size and weight does the black terrazzo slab have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a honed concrete slab with a broken edge in black, measuring 60x40x4 cm. Each piece weighs 23 kg, so it should be handled with care when laying it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for creating paths and walkways in the garden. It has a good thickness to be combined with gravel of up to 40 mm, and its look is rustic concrete and non-slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it laid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is easily laid on a bed of fine gravel, sand or directly on the soil. Thanks to its hardness and great thickness, when properly laid it can withstand vehicle traffic without any problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy may these slabs have small imperfections?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome pieces may contain stones larger than usual or a small hollow on the top face. These are aesthetic imperfections: according to the description, they retain their properties and are fully functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size and weight does the black terrazzo slab have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a honed concrete slab with a broken edge in black, measuring 60x40x4 cm. Each piece weighs 23 kg, so it should be handled with care when laying it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is ideal for creating paths and walkways in the garden. It has a good thickness to be combined with gravel of up to 40 mm, and its look is rustic concrete and non-slip.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it laid?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is easily laid on a bed of fine gravel, sand or directly on the soil. Thanks to its hardness and great thickness, when properly laid it can withstand vehicle traffic without any problem.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why may these slabs have small imperfections?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Some pieces may contain stones larger than usual or a small hollow on the top face. These are aesthetic imperfections: according to the description, they retain their properties and are fully functional.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"60x40x4 cm. \/ Unit \/ Black","offer_id":50361388466523,"sku":"8431883210323","price":9.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"60x40x4 cm. \/ Pallet - 45 units \/ Black","offer_id":50361388499291,"sku":"8431883210330","price":434.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/IMG_2493.png?v=1764933004"},{"product_id":"losa-jardin-blanca-85x50x4-cm","title":"Concrete Slab for Outdoor Garden","description":"\u003ch1 data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003eConcrete Paving Slab for Outdoor Gardens: Design and Durability for Your Garden\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003eTransform your outdoor space with our two-layer concrete \u003cb\u003eGarden Paving Slab\u003c\/b\u003e. Designed to combine modern aesthetics with maximum functionality, this slab is the ideal solution for creating durable paths and walkways in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eFeatures That Make the Difference\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial and Design:\u003c\/b\u003e Made of \u003cb\u003etwo-layer concrete\u003c\/b\u003e with an elegant \u003cb\u003eshot-blasted finish\u003c\/b\u003e that gives it a \u003ci\u003epremium\u003c\/i\u003e texture and a modern, non-slip look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e Each slab measures \u003cb\u003e85 x 50 x 4 cm\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eColors:\u003c\/b\u003e Available in two essential shades that suit any landscaping style: \u003cb\u003eWhite\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003eBlack\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"5,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePerformance:\u003c\/b\u003e Each piece weighs \u003cb\u003e42 kg\u003c\/b\u003e, which ensures exceptional hardness, durability and stability on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eEasy Installation and Uses\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003eThis paving slab is the perfect choice for DIY projects, offering an optimal balance between beauty, hardness and a very reasonable price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSimple Installation:\u003c\/b\u003e Thanks to its great thickness and hardness, it is easily laid on a bed of fine sand or directly on the levelled ground itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaths and Walkways:\u003c\/b\u003e Ideal for defining clear, solid routes in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePerfect with Gravel:\u003c\/b\u003e Its 4 cm height is suitable for integration with decorative gravel of up to 40 mm, creating a clean, professional design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of this concrete garden slab?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach slab measures 85 x 50 x 4 cm and weighs 42 kg. It is made of two-layer concrete with a shot-blasted finish, a non-slip texture and a modern look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in two essential shades: White and Black. Both suit any landscaping style and can be combined with decorative gravel in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it used for and how is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to create paths and walkways in the garden. Thanks to its thickness and hardness, it is laid on a bed of fine sand or directly on the levelled ground itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with gravel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its 4 cm height is suitable for integrating it with decorative gravel of up to 40 mm, which creates a clean, well-defined design in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of this concrete garden slab?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each slab measures 85 x 50 x 4 cm and weighs 42 kg. It is made of two-layer concrete with a shot-blasted finish, a non-slip texture and a modern look.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in two essential shades: White and Black. Both suit any landscaping style and can be combined with decorative gravel in the garden.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is it used for and how is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is used to create paths and walkways in the garden. Thanks to its thickness and hardness, it is laid on a bed of fine sand or directly on the levelled ground itself.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it be combined with gravel?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, its 4 cm height is suitable for integrating it with decorative gravel of up to 40 mm, which creates a clean, well-defined design in the garden.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Pallet - 6 units \/ 85x50x4 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50361390072155,"sku":"8431883212150","price":171.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 6 units \/ 85x50x4 cm. \/ Black","offer_id":50361390104923,"sku":"8431883212143","price":185.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 25 units \/ 85x50x4 cm. \/ White","offer_id":50361390137691,"sku":"8431883211580","price":644.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 25 units \/ 85x50x4 cm. \/ Black","offer_id":50361390170459,"sku":"8431883211573","price":694.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/losa_jardin_placa_negra.png?v=1764931675"},{"product_id":"losa-traviesas-60x40-cm","title":"Concrete Slab Imitation Wood Sleeper","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWood Sleeper-Effect Concrete Slab 60x40 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-slip rectangular garden slab measuring 60x40x5 cm, made of concrete with a brown wood-effect finish. Designed to create functional and elegant pathways, this piece combines the rustic look of wood with the strength and durability of concrete, fitting perfectly into both traditional and contemporary gardens. Weighing 25 kg per unit, it offers stability and easy handling for both professional and residential landscaping projects. Its non-slip surface ensures safety in wet conditions, while its textured finish faithfully imitates the appearance of authentic wooden sleepers, adding natural character without the upkeep that wood requires. Ideal for marking out areas, creating access paths or defining decorative edges, these slabs offer an economical, low-maintenance solution. Intended exclusively for pedestrian use, they provide the hardness and longevity needed to stand the test of time outdoors, keeping their original appearance without the need for periodic treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the wood sleeper-effect slab?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a rectangular slab measuring 60 × 40 cm with a thickness of 5 cm and a weight of 25 kg per unit. It is made of concrete with a brown wood-effect finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can it be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for creating pathways and access paths, marking out areas or defining decorative edges in the garden. It fits in with both traditional and contemporary garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it non-slip, and can vehicles drive over it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts surface is non-slip, designed for wet conditions. However, it is intended exclusively for pedestrian use, so it is not suitable for vehicle traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need maintenance like wood?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not need the periodic treatments that authentic wood requires. As it is made of concrete with a textured sleeper-effect finish, it keeps its original appearance outdoors with low maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the wood sleeper-effect slab?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a rectangular slab measuring 60 × 40 cm with a thickness of 5 cm and a weight of 25 kg per unit. It is made of concrete with a brown wood-effect finish.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can it be used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is suitable for creating pathways and access paths, marking out areas or defining decorative edges in the garden. It fits in with both traditional and contemporary garden styles.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it non-slip, and can vehicles drive over it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its surface is non-slip, designed for wet conditions. However, it is intended exclusively for pedestrian use, so it is not suitable for vehicle traffic.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need maintenance like wood?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It does not need the periodic treatments that authentic wood requires. As it is made of concrete with a textured sleeper-effect finish, it keeps its original appearance outdoors with low maintenance.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Unit \/ 60x40x5 cm. \/ Brown","offer_id":50361390498139,"sku":"8431883212952","price":13.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pallet - 40 units | 9.6 m² \/ 60x40x5 cm. \/ Brown","offer_id":50361390530907,"sku":"8431883212969","price":413.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/losa_traviesa_madera_hormigon.png?v=1770280628"},{"product_id":"plaqueta-piedrafusion-revestimiento-pared","title":"PiedraFusion Tile","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePiedraFusion Tile - Authenticity and Durability in a Single Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the \u003cstrong\u003ePiedraFusion Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e, a masterpiece from \u003cstrong\u003eVetonek\u003c\/strong\u003e that combines rustic beauty with modern technology. This \u003cem\u003ewater-repellent concrete\u003c\/em\u003e tile not only imitates natural split-face stone with its rough texture, but also has its own unique personality. With its rough finish and natural look, it offers an economical and resistant option that will transform any space with an authentic and distinctive touch. Suitable for interior and exterior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew and Revolutionary:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with our innovative formula to provide a flawless, long-lasting finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-Repellent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated so it does not absorb water, eliminating concerns about moisture and maintaining its integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Its rough texture and natural stone effect is not just an imitation; it is a statement of authenticity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Three Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, cream, and gray, adapting to different styles and preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdvantages and Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication Versatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for both interiors and exteriors, creating an oasis of tranquility and elegance in any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is recommended to use mortar joints similar in color to the tile for a uniform, harmonious finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold in Different Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in individual units, pallets of 200 units, and pallets of 360 units (note: for pallets of 360 units, the customer must have their own means of unloading).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39x6x9 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-repellent concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapillary Water Absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Xi ≤ 4.2 \/ X3 ≤ 3 C.W.S Suction (gr\/m2s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsolute Density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200 ± 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApparent Density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 ± 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandardized Compressive Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e fb. 5N\/mm2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e fb. ≥ 4N\/mm2 for load-bearing walls ≥ 3N\/mm2 for supported walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackaging Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit: Perfect for specific purchases according to project needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 120 Units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 180 Units (no unloading)*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e* Important: these pallets are delivered without unloading equipment; it is the customer's responsibility to have the necessary machinery for handling on-site.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll other pallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and on-site handling easier.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Advantages of PiedraFusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirst in its Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best-selling for its authenticity and major advance in material technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinguished and Exclusive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for those seeking an original and different finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspires Elegance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connects with nature and creates a space of peace and serenity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive the Difference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enjoy the advantage of a product that truly makes a difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA Winning Choice:\u003c\/strong\u003e A product that is not only functional but also wonderful and memorable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePiedraFusion Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e is not just another option on the market; it is the ideal choice for those seeking durability, elegance, and a touch of nature in their spaces. Whether for sophisticated interiors or resistant exteriors, this tile offers everything needed to transform any environment into a unique and authentic place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's time to discover the magic of the \u003cstrong\u003ePiedraFusion Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e and enjoy its many benefits!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVetonek\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pioneer in offering products that combine tradition and technology, always guaranteeing the highest quality and satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eImportant: Delivery Requirements for 180-Unit Pallets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our 180-unit pallets of PiedraFusion Tile, \u003cstrong\u003ethe customer must have suitable mechanical means for unloading\u003c\/strong\u003e, such as a machine or forklift. Without this equipment, delivery will not be possible. Please make sure you have the necessary means to receive your order safely and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Toasted \/ Unit","offer_id":50374462636379,"sku":"ps39196t","price":3.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Cream White \/ Unit","offer_id":50374462669147,"sku":"ps39196b","price":3.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Grey \/ Unit","offer_id":50374462701915,"sku":"ps39196g","price":3.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Toasted \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":50374462734683,"sku":"ps39196t100","price":339.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Toasted \/ Pallet 180 units (no unloading)","offer_id":50374462767451,"sku":"ps39196t180","price":452.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Cream White \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":50374462800219,"sku":"ps39196b100","price":339.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Cream White \/ Pallet 180 units (no unloading)","offer_id":50374462832987,"sku":"ps39196b180","price":452.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Grey \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":50374462865755,"sku":"ps39196g100","price":327.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x6 cm \/ Grey \/ Pallet 180 units (no unloading)","offer_id":50374462898523,"sku":"ps39196g180","price":436.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/IMG_2295.jpg?v=1790147281"},{"product_id":"plaqueta-hormigon-lisa","title":"Smooth Concrete Tile","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSmooth Concrete Tile - Authenticity and Durability in One Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Concrete Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e, a masterpiece from Vetonek that combines \u003cem\u003emodern elegance\u003c\/em\u003e with \u003cem\u003eadvanced technology\u003c\/em\u003e. This \u003cstrong\u003ewater repellent\u003c\/strong\u003e concrete tile not only offers a \u003cstrong\u003esmooth and uniform\u003c\/strong\u003e finish but also stands out for its \u003cstrong\u003edurability\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eresistance\u003c\/strong\u003e, transforming any space with a \u003cem\u003erefined\u003c\/em\u003e and \u003cem\u003esophisticated\u003c\/em\u003e touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew and Revolutionary:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed with our innovative formula to provide an impeccable and durable finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Repellent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated to not absorb water, eliminating concerns about moisture and maintaining its integrity over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers a soft surface that is not only aesthetic but also functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Four Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, cream, gray, and toasted, adapting to different styles and preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdvantages and Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication Versatility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for both interiors and exteriors, offering an \u003cem\u003eelegant\u003c\/em\u003e solution for any environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is recommended to use mortar joints of a color similar to the tile for a uniform and harmonious finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39x5x19 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water repellent concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Absorption by Capillarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Xi ≤ 4.2 \/ X3 ≤ 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsolute Density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200 ± 10% Kg\/m³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApparent Density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 ± 10% Kg\/m³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e fb. 5N\/mm²\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e fb. ≥ 4N\/mm² for supporting factories and ≥ 3N\/mm² for supported factories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackaging Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit: Perfect for specific purchases according to project needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 150 Units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 240 Units (without unloading)*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e* Important: these pallets are delivered without unloading means, and it is the customer's responsibility to have the necessary machinery for handling at the destination).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Concrete Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e is not just another option on the market; it is the ideal choice for those seeking \u003cem\u003edurability\u003c\/em\u003e, \u003cem\u003eelegance\u003c\/em\u003e, and a \u003cem\u003epolished finish\u003c\/em\u003e in their spaces. Whether for sophisticated interior projects or resilient exteriors, this tile offers everything needed to transform any environment into a unique and authentic place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNow is the time to discover the magic of the \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth Concrete Tile\u003c\/strong\u003e and enjoy its numerous benefits!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eImportant: Requirements for Delivery of 240 Unit Pallets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our pallets of 240 units of Smooth Concrete Tile, it is \u003cstrong\u003eessential that the customer has suitable mechanical means for unloading\u003c\/strong\u003e, such as a machine or forklift. Without this equipment, delivery will not be possible. Please ensure you have the necessary means to receive your order safely and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Toasted \/ Unit","offer_id":50374484361563,"sku":"8431883401264","price":2.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Toasted \/ Pallet 150 un","offer_id":50374484394331,"sku":"8431883401271","price":372.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Toasted \/ Pallet 240 un (without unloading)","offer_id":50374484427099,"sku":"8431883401288","price":523.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Cream White \/ Unit","offer_id":50374484459867,"sku":"8431883401295","price":2.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Cream White \/ Pallet 150 un","offer_id":50374484492635,"sku":"8431883401301","price":372.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Cream White \/ Pallet 240 un (without unloading)","offer_id":50374484525403,"sku":"8431883401318","price":523.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":50374484558171,"sku":"8431883401325","price":2.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Gray \/ Pallet 150 un","offer_id":50374484590939,"sku":"8431883401332","price":342.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"39x19x5 cm \/ Gray \/ Pallet 240 un (without unloading)","offer_id":50374484623707,"sku":"8431883401349","price":492.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/tostado.webp?v=1746601721"},{"product_id":"adoquin-redondo-vetonek","title":"Round Paver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaving stones designed by Cerreda and Lorenzo\u003c\/strong\u003e, ideal for urban environments and outdoor spaces. This flexible pavement not only allows for \u003cem\u003esoil permeability\u003c\/em\u003e but also facilitates \u003cem\u003evehicle traffic\u003c\/em\u003e, making it a versatile and practical option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe paving stones are made of \u003cstrong\u003edouble-layer concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e and have a \u003cstrong\u003eround\u003c\/strong\u003e shape. Available in a variety of finishes, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAsk us about unavailable colors.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece measures \u003cstrong\u003eØ25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003ethickness of 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, and each paving stone weighs \u003cstrong\u003e11.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Thanks to its sturdiness, this product is suitable for \u003cstrong\u003epedestrian use\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as for \u003cstrong\u003eheavy vehicle traffic\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the round paving stone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece measures Ø25 cm with a thickness of 10 cm and weighs 11.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made of double-layer concrete and has a round shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in white, gray, sand, red, brown, yellow and black. For unavailable colors, contact us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it withstand vehicle traffic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable for pedestrian use and for heavy vehicle traffic. It is also a flexible pavement that allows soil permeability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the round paving stone?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each piece measures Ø25 cm with a thickness of 10 cm and weighs 11.5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What material is it made of?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is made of double-layer concrete and has a round shape.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in white, gray, sand, red, brown, yellow and black. For unavailable colors, contact us.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it withstand vehicle traffic?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it is suitable for pedestrian use and for heavy vehicle traffic. It is also a flexible pavement that allows soil permeability.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Hormigones Vicente","offers":[{"title":"Ø25 cm. \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":50375439843675,"sku":"av1","price":4.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø25 cm. \/ Pallet - 100 units | 6.25 m² \/ White","offer_id":50375439876443,"sku":"av2","price":471.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Adoquin_redondo_de_hormig_n.png?v=1770230103"},{"product_id":"bloque-liso-hidrofugo","title":"Hydrophobic Smooth Concrete Block","description":"\u003cp\u003eSmooth Concrete Block with Water Repellent, an ideal choice for your construction projects thanks to its smooth, elegant finish. This block is especially valued for its water-repellent treatment, which sets it apart from other materials on the market by offering lower capillary water absorption, thus ensuring the durability and optimal performance of your build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eH-Liso\u003c\/strong\u003e: Completely smooth surface, ideal for an elegant, contemporary finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eH-Liso de Pared Fina\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed with a thinner profile for specific applications.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedio Liso\u003c\/strong\u003e: Combines smooth surfaces with reduced dimensions for versatility during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Caras Lisas\u003c\/strong\u003e: Every face of the block is smooth, perfect for a consistent look from any angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e39x19x19 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalf: 19x19x19 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner: \u003cspan\u003e39x14x19x19 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackaging Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle unit: Buy only what you need for your project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 75 Units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 90 Units (Pared Fina)*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 130 Units (Medio)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e* Important: these 90-unit pallets are delivered without unloading equipment, and it is the customer's responsibility to have the necessary machinery to handle them at the destination.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll other pallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and handling on site easier.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Colors: Blanco crema, tostado y gris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater repellent: Special treatment that prevents excessive capillary water absorption, extending the service life of the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapillary Water Absorption: Xi ≤ 4.2 \/ X3 ≤ 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbsolute Density: 2200 ± 10% Kg\/m³. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApparent Density: 1100 ± 10% Kg\/m³.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength: fb. 5 N\/mm².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength: fb. ≥ 4 N\/mm² for load-bearing masonry and ≥ 3 N\/mm² for supported masonry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits of the Smooth Concrete Block with Water Repellent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for both residential projects and large constructions. Its smooth finish gives a clean, modern look, while its high compressive strength and water-repellent treatment ensure that the block maintains its performance and appearance over time, even under adverse weather conditions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Smooth Concrete Block with Water Repellent to guarantee the quality and durability of your construction projects. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVisit Vetonek.com for more details and to explore our complete range of construction products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the smooth water-repellent concrete block?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a smooth-finish concrete block with a water-repellent treatment that reduces capillary water absorption. It is suitable for residential projects and for large constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat models and sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are four models: H-Liso, H-Liso de Pared Fina, Medio Liso and 4 Caras Lisas. The sizes are 39x19x19 cm, half size of 19x19x19 cm and corner of 39x14x19x19 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in blanco crema, tostado and gris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it sold and how many units does each pallet contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be bought by the unit or by the pallet. The pallets contain 75 units, 90 units (Pared Fina) and 130 units (Medio). The 90-unit pallet is delivered without unloading equipment, so you must have machinery available at the destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat strength and technical specifications does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2, and the accepted strength is fb equal to or greater than 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry. The apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3 with a 10% tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the smooth water-repellent concrete block?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a smooth-finish concrete block with a water-repellent treatment that reduces capillary water absorption. It is suitable for residential projects and for large constructions.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What models and sizes are available?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are four models: H-Liso, H-Liso de Pared Fina, Medio Liso and 4 Caras Lisas. The sizes are 39x19x19 cm, half size of 19x19x19 cm and corner of 39x14x19x19 cm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in blanco crema, tostado and gris.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it sold and how many units does each pallet contain?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It can be bought by the unit or by the pallet. The pallets contain 75 units, 90 units (Pared Fina) and 130 units (Medio). The 90-unit pallet is delivered without unloading equipment, so you must have machinery available at the destination.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What strength and technical specifications does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2, and the accepted strength is fb equal to or greater than 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry. The apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3 with a 10% tolerance.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ H-Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739796308315,"sku":"8431883401738","price":5.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ H-Smooth \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51738400686427,"sku":"8431883401721","price":362.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Unit","offer_id":51738400915803,"sku":"8431883401752","price":4.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Pallet 90 units","offer_id":51738400948571,"sku":"8431883401745","price":403.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Smooth Corner \/ Unit","offer_id":51739749187931,"sku":"8431883401776","price":6.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Smooth Corner \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51739749122395,"sku":"8431883401769","price":445.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Unit","offer_id":51738401112411,"sku":"8431883401790","price":6.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51738401177947,"sku":"8431883401783","price":445.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Medium Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739757642075,"sku":"8431883401813","price":4.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Medium Smooth \/ Pallet 130 units","offer_id":51739757609307,"sku":"8431883401806","price":499.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51738400719195,"sku":"8431883401066","price":5.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Smooth \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51738400784731,"sku":"8431883401059","price":411.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Unit","offer_id":51739808760155,"sku":"8431883401080","price":5.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Pallet 90 units","offer_id":51739808792923,"sku":"8431883401073","price":462.53,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Smooth Corner \/ Unit","offer_id":51739749319003,"sku":"8431883401103","price":6.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Smooth Corner \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51739749253467,"sku":"8431883401097","price":493.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Unit","offer_id":51738401210715,"sku":"8431883401127","price":6.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51738401276251,"sku":"8431883401110","price":493.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Medium Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739757773147,"sku":"8431883401141","price":4.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Medium Smooth \/ Pallet 130 units","offer_id":51739757740379,"sku":"8431883401134","price":544.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51738400817499,"sku":"8431883400953","price":5.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Smooth \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51738400850267,"sku":"8431883400960","price":411.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Unit","offer_id":51739829633371,"sku":"8431883400977","price":5.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Smooth Thin Wall \/ Pallet 90 units","offer_id":51739829666139,"sku":"8431883409185","price":462.53,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Smooth Corner \/ Unit","offer_id":51739749450075,"sku":"8431883400991","price":6.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Smooth Corner \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51739749351771,"sku":"8431883400984","price":493.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Unit","offer_id":51739829698907,"sku":"8431883409192","price":6.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 4 Smooth Sides \/ Pallet 75 units","offer_id":51739829731675,"sku":"8431883401004","price":493.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Medium Smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739757904219,"sku":"8431883401035","price":4.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Medium Smooth \/ Pallet 130 units","offer_id":51739757871451,"sku":"8431883401028","price":544.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque-liso-gris.jpg?v=1763145682"},{"product_id":"bloque-piedra-rugoso","title":"Waterproof Concrete Block ROUGH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eROUGH Water-Repellent Concrete Block\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePiedraFusión concrete block, ideal for your construction projects and architectural designs. This block, with a rough finish = \u003cstrong\u003eSplit\u003c\/strong\u003e, is not only visually appealing but also stands out for its exceptional technical performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eH-Split\u003c\/strong\u003e: Each block is manufactured as a double unit and then machine-split to provide a finish that simulates natural stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedio 2 Caras Split\u003c\/strong\u003e: Half block with a rough finish, offering versatility and aesthetics when laying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Caras Lisas\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for a smooth, uniform finish where no texture is desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Caras Split\u003c\/strong\u003e: The longer faces have a rough finish, perfect for highlighting textures from different viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e39x19x19 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalf: 19x19x19 cm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner: \u003cspan\u003e39x14x19x19 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackaging Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle unit: Buy the exact quantity you need for your project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 65 Units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 120 Units (Half)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*All pallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and handling on site easier.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Colors: Cream white, toasted and gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapillary Water Absorption: Xi ≤ 4.2 \/ X3 ≤ 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDensity: Absolute of 2200 ± 10% Kg\/m³ and apparent of 1100 ± 10% Kg\/m³\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength: fb. 5 N\/mm²\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength: fb. ≥ 4 N\/mm² for load-bearing masonry and ≥ 3 N\/mm² for non-load-bearing masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits of the Piedra Fusión Block in Gray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Durability: Thanks to its water-repellent treatment and high compressive strength, this block guarantees a long service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile for Indoors and Outdoors: Suitable for all types of construction, from structural walls to decorative elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttractive Aesthetics: The gray color provides a modern, neutral style that blends seamlessly into a variety of architectural styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved Performance in Humid Climates: Its lower water absorption ensures superior performance in environments exposed to moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the PiedraFusión Concrete Block to ensure the durability and aesthetics of your construction projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the rough water-repellent concrete block?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a PiedraFusión concrete block with a rough Split-type finish that simulates natural stone. Each block is manufactured as a double unit and then machine-split, and it has a water-repellent treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich models are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are four models: H-Split, Medio 2 Caras Split, 3 Caras Lisas and 3 Caras Split. The 3 Caras Lisas is for a smooth finish where no texture is desired, and on the 3 Caras Split the longer faces are rough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sizes are 39x19x19 cm, half block of 19x19x19 cm and corner block of 39x14x19x19 cm. The available colors are cream white, toasted and gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it sold and how many units does each pallet contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can buy by the unit or by the pallet: there are pallets of 65 units and of 120 units (Half). All pallets are delivered with unloading included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for indoors and outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, according to the product sheet it is suitable for all types of construction, from structural walls to decorative elements, both indoors and outdoors. Its lower water absorption helps in environments exposed to moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the rough water-repellent concrete block?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a PiedraFusión concrete block with a rough Split-type finish that simulates natural stone. Each block is manufactured as a double unit and then machine-split, and it has a water-repellent treatment.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which models are available?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are four models: H-Split, Medio 2 Caras Split, 3 Caras Lisas and 3 Caras Split. The 3 Caras Lisas is for a smooth finish where no texture is desired, and on the 3 Caras Split the longer faces are rough.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The sizes are 39x19x19 cm, half block of 19x19x19 cm and corner block of 39x14x19x19 cm. The available colors are cream white, toasted and gray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it sold and how many units does each pallet contain?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"You can buy by the unit or by the pallet: there are pallets of 65 units and of 120 units (Half). All pallets are delivered with unloading included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it suitable for indoors and outdoors?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, according to the product sheet it is suitable for all types of construction, from structural walls to decorative elements, both indoors and outdoors. Its lower water absorption helps in environments exposed to moisture.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ H-Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51738402718043,"sku":"8431883401622","price":5.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739349942619,"sku":"8431883401400","price":6.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ H-Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51738402750811,"sku":"8431883401615","price":341.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ H-Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739349975387,"sku":"8431883401394","price":383.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51738402160987,"sku":"8431883401646","price":6.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gray \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51738402193755,"sku":"8431883401639","price":383.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Corner Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739086586203,"sku":"8431883401660","price":6.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gray \/ Corner Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739086618971,"sku":"8431883401653","price":408.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gray \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739102511451,"sku":"8431883401684","price":7.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739102544219,"sku":"8431883401677","price":488.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739208843611,"sku":"8431883401707","price":4.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":51739208876379,"sku":"8431883401691","price":472.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51738402423131,"sku":"8431883401424","price":6.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Toasted \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51738402488667,"sku":"8431883401417","price":408.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Corner Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739086684507,"sku":"8431883401448","price":6.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Toasted \/ Corner Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739086750043,"sku":"8431883401431","price":430.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Toasted \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739102609755,"sku":"8431883401462","price":9.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739102675291,"sku":"8431883401455","price":572.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739208941915,"sku":"8431883401486","price":4.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":51739209007451,"sku":"8431883401479","price":509.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739105788251,"sku":"8431883401516","price":6.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ H-Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739105821019,"sku":"8431883401509","price":383.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739106050395,"sku":"8431883401530","price":6.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Cream White \/ 3 smooth sides and 1 Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739106083163,"sku":"8431883401523","price":408.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Cream White \/ Corner Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739106214235,"sku":"8431883401554","price":6.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Cream White \/ Corner Split \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739106247003,"sku":"8431883401547","price":430.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Cream White \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Unit","offer_id":51739106378075,"sku":"8431883401578","price":9.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 3 Split sides and 1 smooth \/ Pallet 65 units","offer_id":51739106410843,"sku":"8431883401561","price":572.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Unit","offer_id":51739209040219,"sku":"8431883401592","price":4.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ Half 2 sides Split \/ Pallet 120 units","offer_id":51739209171291,"sku":"8431883401585","price":509.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque-split-blanco.jpg?v=1763145356"},{"product_id":"pieza-pilar-lisa-hidrofugo","title":"Concrete Block Smooth Column Piece","description":"\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Concrete Block: Smooth Water-Repellent Pillar Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the \u003cb\u003eSmooth Water-Repellent Pillar Piece\u003c\/b\u003e, ideal for your construction and decoration projects, available in the elegant colors \u003cb\u003ecream white, toasted and gray\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cb\u003esmooth-finish\u003c\/b\u003e pillar not only provides a modern, clean look, but also offers superior functionality thanks to its \u003cb\u003ewater-repellent treatment\u003c\/b\u003e, making it resistant to moisture and setting it apart from other traditional options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAVAILABLE DIMENSIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29x29x19 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e39x39x19 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePRODUCT FEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Colors: Cream white, toasted and gray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater Absorption by Capillarity: Xi \u0026lt;= 4.2 \/ X3 \u0026lt;= 3, certifying its ability to withstand challenging weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbsolute Density: 2200 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApparent Density: 1100 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTRENGTH AND PACKAGING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength (fb): 5 N\/mm2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength: fb. \u0026gt;= 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and \u0026gt;= 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePACKAGING OPTIONS\u003cbr\u003eUnit: Ideal for when you need specific quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 54 Units: All pallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and handling on site easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✅ Key Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Smooth Water-Repellent Pillar Piece is perfect for a variety of construction and decoration applications. Its robust, attractive design makes it the ideal choice for creating both indoor and outdoor structures, offering \u003cb\u003eexceptional performance and durability\u003c\/b\u003e in all kinds of environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety of sizes and colors allows it to blend seamlessly into any architectural design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChoose the Smooth Water-Repellent Pillar Piece as the perfect solution for your project, where the combination of aesthetics and strength is essential.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the smooth water-repellent pillar piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a concrete pillar piece with a smooth finish and a water-repellent treatment, resistant to moisture. It is suitable for construction and decoration projects, both indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two dimensions: 29x29x19 cm and 39x39x19 cm. The available colors are cream white, toasted and gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it sold and how many units are in a pallet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can buy it by the unit or by the pallet of 54 units. All pallets are delivered with unloading included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat strength does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2. The accepted strength is fb equal to or greater than 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its density and water absorption?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 and the apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3, with a 10% tolerance. Water absorption by capillarity is Xi equal to or less than 4.2 and X3 equal to or less than 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the smooth water-repellent pillar piece?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a concrete pillar piece with a smooth finish and a water-repellent treatment, resistant to moisture. It is suitable for construction and decoration projects, both indoors and outdoors.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two dimensions: 29x29x19 cm and 39x39x19 cm. The available colors are cream white, toasted and gray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it sold and how many units are in a pallet?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"You can buy it by the unit or by the pallet of 54 units. All pallets are delivered with unloading included.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What strength does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2. The accepted strength is fb equal to or greater than 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are its density and water absorption?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 and the apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3, with a 10% tolerance. Water absorption by capillarity is Xi equal to or less than 4.2 and X3 equal to or less than 3.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403504475,"sku":"8431883401929","price":6.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Pallet 54 units","offer_id":51738403537243,"sku":"8431883401950","price":262.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403832155,"sku":"8431883401868","price":8.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Pallet 36 units","offer_id":51738403864923,"sku":"8431883401899","price":230.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403602779,"sku":"8431883401943","price":7.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Pallet 54 units","offer_id":51738403635547,"sku":"8431883401974","price":299.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403570011,"sku":"8431883401882","price":9.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Pallet 36 units","offer_id":51738403766619,"sku":"8431883401912","price":255.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403701083,"sku":"8431883401936","price":7.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 29x29x19 cm \/ Pallet 54 units","offer_id":51738403733851,"sku":"8431883401967","price":299.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403668315,"sku":"8431883401875","price":9.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Cream White \/ 39x39x19 cm \/ Pallet 36 units","offer_id":51738403799387,"sku":"8431883401905","price":255.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque_hormigon_para_pilar_hidrofugo.jpg?v=1763144256"},{"product_id":"pieza-pilar-piedra-fusion-hidrofugo","title":"Concrete Block Pillar Piece ROUGH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eConcrete pillar block piece with Rough Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the \u003cb\u003ePiedraFusion Pillar Piece\u003c\/b\u003e in elegant \u003cb\u003ecream white and toasted\u003c\/b\u003e colors, perfect for giving your construction or decoration projects a distinctive touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product, with its \u003cb\u003erough finish\u003c\/b\u003e that imitates natural stone, stands out not only for its aesthetics but also for its \u003cb\u003esuperior quality\u003c\/b\u003e and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePRODUCT FEATURES\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSize:\u003c\/b\u003e 35x35x19 cm, ideal for multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/b\u003e Cream white and toasted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWater-Repellent Treatment:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsures greater durability and resistance to water absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtects the piece from moisture, a feature that many similar products on the market lack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe specifications meet the following ranges:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength (fb): 5 N\/mm2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolute Density: 2200 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApparent Density: 1100 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater Absorption by Capillarity: Xi \u0026lt;= 4.2 \/ X3 \u0026lt;= 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePACKAGING OPTIONS\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 14.9819%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFormat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.0939%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 72.2022%;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 14.9819%;\"\u003eUnit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.0939%;\"\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 72.2022%;\"\u003ePerfect for projects that require precise specifications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 14.9819%;\"\u003ePallet of 30 Units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.0939%;\"\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 72.2022%;\"\u003ePallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and handling on site easier.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 14.9819%;\"\u003ePallet of 45 Units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.0939%;\"\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 72.2022%;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eImportant:\u003c\/b\u003e These pallets are delivered without unloading equipment, so the customer is responsible for providing the machinery needed to handle them at the destination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBENEFITS OF THE PIEDRAFUSION PILLAR WITH ROUGH FINISH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PiedraFusion Pillar Piece is the ideal choice for those seeking a \u003cb\u003eluxury finish\u003c\/b\u003e in their spaces without compromising the functionality and durability of the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts rough-finish design provides an \u003cb\u003eauthentic stone look\u003c\/b\u003e, combining natural beauty and robustness in any setting, both indoors and outdoors. The combination of aesthetics and water-repellent technology ensures that each pillar not only visually enhances the area where it is installed, but also withstands adverse environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChoose the PiedraFusion Pillar Piece with Rough Finish and ensure an exceptional finish in your construction projects.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the rough PiedraFusion pillar piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a concrete pillar piece with a rough finish that imitates natural stone and has a water-repellent treatment. It can be used in construction and decoration, indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 35x35x19 cm and is available in cream white and toasted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units does each pallet contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can buy a single unit or pallets of 30 or 45 units. The 30-unit pallets are delivered with unloading included, and the 45-unit pallets without unloading equipment, so you must have machinery available at the destination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat strength and density does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2. The absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 and the apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3, with a 10% tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the water-repellent treatment provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the data sheet, it provides greater durability and resistance to water absorption, and protects the piece from moisture. Capillary absorption is Xi equal to or less than 4.2 and X3 equal to or less than 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the rough PiedraFusion pillar piece?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a concrete pillar piece with a rough finish that imitates natural stone and has a water-repellent treatment. It can be used in construction and decoration, indoors and outdoors.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 35x35x19 cm and is available in cream white and toasted.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units does each pallet contain?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"You can buy a single unit or pallets of 30 or 45 units. The 30-unit pallets are delivered with unloading included, and the 45-unit pallets without unloading equipment, so you must have machinery available at the destination.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What strength and density does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The normalized compressive strength is fb 5 N\/mm2. The absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 and the apparent density is 1100 kg\/m3, with a 10% tolerance.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the water-repellent treatment provide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"According to the data sheet, it provides greater durability and resistance to water absorption, and protects the piece from moisture. Capillary absorption is Xi equal to or less than 4.2 and X3 equal to or less than 3.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Toasted \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738404061531,"sku":"8431883401998","price":10.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Pallet 30 units","offer_id":51738403897691,"sku":"8431883402018","price":300.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Pallet 45 units (without unloading)","offer_id":51738403930459,"sku":"8431883402032","price":428.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51738403963227,"sku":"8431883401981","price":10.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Pallet 30 units","offer_id":51738403995995,"sku":"8431883402001","price":300.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 35x35x19 cm \/ Pallet 45 units (without unloading)","offer_id":51738404028763,"sku":"8431883402025","price":428.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Bloque_hormigon_pilar.jpg?v=1763142960"},{"product_id":"cubrepilares-de-hormigon","title":"Concrete Pillars Covers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eConcrete Pillars Covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal complement to finish concrete pillars, available in elegant colors \u003cb\u003ecream white, toasted and gray\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pillar with a \u003cb\u003esmooth finish\u003c\/b\u003e not only provides a modern and clean aesthetic but also offers superior functionality thanks to its \u003cb\u003ewater repellent treatment\u003c\/b\u003e, making it resistant to moisture and standing out from other traditional options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAVAILABLE DIMENSIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30×30 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e40×40 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e50×50\u003c\/span\u003e cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePRODUCT FEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Colors: Cream white, Toasted and Gray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater Absorption by Capillarity: Xi \u0026lt;= 4.2 \/ X3 \u0026lt;= 3, certifying its ability to withstand challenging weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC.W.S Suction (gr\/m2s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbsolute Density: 2200 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApparent Density: 1100 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTRENGTH AND PACKAGING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandardized Compressive Strength (fb): 5 N\/mm2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength: fb. \u0026gt;= 4 N\/mm2 for supporting factories and \u0026gt;= 3 N\/mm2 for supported factories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePACKAGING OPTIONS\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit: Ideal for when you need specific quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 63 units (30x30 cm.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 42 units (40x40 cm.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 28 units (50x50 cm.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e* All pallets are delivered with unloading included, facilitating logistics and handling on site.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✅ Key Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Concrete Pillar Cover with Water Repellent Smooth Finish is the perfect complement for a variety of applications in construction and decoration. Its robust and aesthetic design makes it the ideal choice for creating structures both indoors and outdoors, offering \u003cb\u003eexceptional performance and durability\u003c\/b\u003e in all types of environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety of sizes and colors allows it to integrate perfectly into any architectural design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChoose the Concrete Pillar Cover with Water Repellent Smooth Finish as the perfect solution for your project, where the combination of aesthetics and strength becomes essential.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ 30x30 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992306523,"sku":"8431883402100","price":11.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 30x30 cm \/ Pallet 63 units","offer_id":51766992339291,"sku":"8431883402131","price":629.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 40x40 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992372059,"sku":"8431883402049","price":12.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 40x40 cm \/ Pallet 42 units","offer_id":51767069376859,"sku":"8431883402070","price":498.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 50x50 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51767069409627,"sku":"8431883402629","price":14.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 50x50 cm \/ Pallet 28 units","offer_id":51767069507931,"sku":"8431883402650","price":395.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 30x30 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992437595,"sku":"8431883402124","price":11.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 30x30 cm \/ Pallet 63 units","offer_id":51766992470363,"sku":"8431883402155","price":669.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 40x40 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992503131,"sku":"8431883402063","price":12.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 40x40 cm \/ Pallet 42 units","offer_id":51766992535899,"sku":"8431883402094","price":517.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 50x50 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51767069606235,"sku":"8431883402643","price":15.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ 50x50 cm \/ Pallet 28 units","offer_id":51767069704539,"sku":"8431883402674","price":414.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 30x30 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992568667,"sku":"8431883402117","price":11.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 30x30 cm \/ Pallet 63 units","offer_id":51766992601435,"sku":"8431883402148","price":669.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 40x40 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51766992634203,"sku":"8431883402056","price":12.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 40x40 cm \/ Pallet 42 units","offer_id":51766992666971,"sku":"8431883402087","price":517.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 50x50 cm \/ Unit","offer_id":51767069802843,"sku":"8431883402636","price":15.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cream White \/ 50x50 cm \/ Pallet 28 units","offer_id":51767069901147,"sku":"8431883402667","price":414.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-gris.jpg?v=1772866576"},{"product_id":"albardilla-hormigon","title":"Concrete Wall Coping","description":"\u003ch2\u003eConcrete wall coping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal finishing piece for capping walls built with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/products\/bloque-liso-hidrofugo-gris\"\u003econcrete blocks,\u003c\/a\u003e available in the elegant colors \u003cb\u003ewhite, cream and gray\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cb\u003esmooth-finish\u003c\/b\u003e coping not only provides a modern, clean look, but also offers superior functionality thanks to its \u003cb\u003ewater-repellent treatment\u003c\/b\u003e, making it resistant to moisture and setting it apart from other traditional options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAVAILABLE DIMENSIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e19×25×6 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePRODUCT FEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable Colors: White, Cream and Gray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapillary Water Absorption: Xi \u0026lt;= 4.2 \/ X3 \u0026lt;= 3, certifying its ability to withstand challenging weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC.W.S Suction (gr\/m2s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbsolute Density: 2200 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApparent Density: 1100 +\/- 10% Kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTRENGTH AND PACKAGING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNormalized Compressive Strength (fb): 5 N\/mm2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepted Compressive Strength: fb. \u0026gt;= 4 N\/mm2 for load-bearing masonry and \u0026gt;= 3 N\/mm2 for supported masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePACKAGING OPTIONS\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle unit: Ideal for when you need specific quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 100 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet of 200 units\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e* All pallets are delivered with unloading included, making logistics and handling on site easier.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✅ Key Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe concrete coping piece is the perfect complement for a wide variety of construction and decoration applications. Its sturdy, attractive design makes it the ideal choice for creating both indoor and outdoor structures, offering \u003cb\u003eexceptional performance and durability\u003c\/b\u003e in all kinds of environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety of sizes and colors allows it to blend seamlessly into any architectural design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChoose concrete coping as the perfect solution for your project, where the combination of aesthetics and strength is essential.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is concrete coping used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a finishing piece for capping concrete block walls. Its smooth finish provides a modern, clean look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in 19x25x6 cm and in white, cream and gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it moisture resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has a water-repellent treatment that makes it resistant to moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat formats is it sold in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be purchased by the unit, for specific quantities, or in pallets of 100 or 200 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat strength does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts normalized compressive strength (fb) is 5 N\/mm2. Its absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 with a 10% tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is concrete coping used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a finishing piece for capping concrete block walls. Its smooth finish provides a modern, clean look.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in 19x25x6 cm and in white, cream and gray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it moisture resistant?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it has a water-repellent treatment that makes it resistant to moisture.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What formats is it sold in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It can be purchased by the unit, for specific quantities, or in pallets of 100 or 200 units.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What strength does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its normalized compressive strength (fb) is 5 N\/mm2. Its absolute density is 2200 kg\/m3 with a 10% tolerance.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PiedraFusion","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ Unit \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770369737051,"sku":"8431883402681","price":2.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Pallet 100 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770369769819,"sku":"8431883402711","price":254.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Pallet 200 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770369835355,"sku":"8431883402742","price":481.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Unit \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770369933659,"sku":"8431883402704","price":3.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Pallet 100 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770369966427,"sku":"8431883402735","price":294.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Toasted \/ Pallet 200 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770370031963,"sku":"8431883402766","price":495.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Cream \/ Unit \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770370130267,"sku":"8431883402698","price":3.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Cream \/ Pallet 100 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770370163035,"sku":"8431883402728","price":294.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Cream \/ Pallet 200 units \/ 19x25x6 cm","offer_id":51770370228571,"sku":"8431883402759","price":495.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/albardillas_cubremuros_de_hormigon.png?v=1775985741"},{"product_id":"pavicesped-hormigon","title":"Concrete Grass Paver Circles White – 10 pcs (2.16 m2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransform your outdoor space into an oasis of freshness and style with the Circles Model Concrete Grass Paver. This permeable paving not only provides a solid base, it also lets you express your creativity in your garden or entrance. Imagine an environment where nature and design merge, creating a welcoming and attractive atmosphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 60 x 36 cm with a thickness of 8 cm (suitable for vehicle traffic).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Geometric pattern of circles (7.5 cm diameter openings).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiece colors: Concrete Grey and White.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoverage: 4.63 pieces \/ m².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull pallet: Contains 48 pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoverage per pallet: One pallet covers approximately 10.36 m².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis grass paver is ideal for those looking for a balance between functionality and aesthetics. You can choose to fill the circles with grass for a natural touch that lowers ground temperature, or opt for decorative gravel for a personalized, permeable finish. With the Concrete Grass Paver, every step you take will be on a design that breathes and adapts to your needs, preventing puddles and preserving the water cycle. Bring your entrance or garden to life with a solution that combines durability and beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the circles grass paver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece measures 60 x 36 cm with a thickness of 8 cm, and the circular openings are 7.5 cm in diameter. According to the product sheet, it is suitable for vehicle traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces do I need per square meter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage is 4.63 pieces per m². This pack includes 10 units for 2.16 m², and a full pallet contains 48 pieces and covers approximately 10.36 m².\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the openings be filled with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can fill them with grass for a natural touch that lowers ground temperature, or with decorative gravel for a personalized, permeable finish, depending on your preference for your garden or entrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a permeable paving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a permeable concrete paving that helps prevent puddles and preserve the water cycle. The pieces are concrete grey and white, with a non-slip finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the circles grass paver?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each piece measures 60 x 36 cm with a thickness of 8 cm, and the circular openings are 7.5 cm in diameter. According to the product sheet, it is suitable for vehicle traffic.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many pieces do I need per square meter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Coverage is 4.63 pieces per m². This pack includes 10 units for 2.16 m², and a full pallet contains 48 pieces and covers approximately 10.36 m².\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can the openings be filled with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"You can fill them with grass for a natural touch that lowers ground temperature, or with decorative gravel for a personalized, permeable finish, depending on your preference for your garden or entrance.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it a permeable paving?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it is a permeable concrete paving that helps prevent puddles and preserve the water cycle. The pieces are concrete grey and white, with a non-slip finish.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 10 pcs (2.16 m2) \/ 60x36x8 cm","offer_id":51926509093211,"sku":"8431883320091","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pallet 48 pcs (10.36 m2) \/ 60x36x8 cm","offer_id":51926597501275,"sku":"8431883320114","price":499.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 10 pcs (2.16 m2) \/ 60x36x8 cm","offer_id":51926509060443,"sku":"8431883320084","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Pallet 48 pcs (10.36 m2) \/ 60x36x8 cm","offer_id":51926597468507,"sku":"8431883320107","price":499.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/Celosia_pavicesped_pavimento_de_hormigon_y_cesped.png?v=1770230591"},{"product_id":"cubremuro-de-hormigon-blanco","title":"White concrete wall covering","description":"\u003ch2 data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"2\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eVetonek White Concrete Wall Covering – Impeccable and Durable Finish\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003eThe \u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"3\"\u003eWhite Concrete Wall Covering\u003c\/b\u003e by Vetonek is the ideal technical and aesthetic solution to crown and protect any type of wall. Designed to integrate seamlessly with our \u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"186\"\u003econcrete blocks\u003c\/b\u003e, this product not only beautifies the structure, but acts as a protective barrier that prevents water seepage and premature deterioration of the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003eIt is the favorite choice for those looking for a professional result with a smart investment: \u003cb data-path-to-node=\"4\" data-index-in-node=\"100\"\u003ean economical, beautiful and extremely functional product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"5\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eWhy choose Vetonek Wall Covering?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,0,0\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"6,0,0\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003ePerfect Combination:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically designed to finish our concrete blocks, achieving visual and technical unity throughout the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,1,0\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"6,1,0\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eQuick and Easy Installation:\u003c\/b\u003e Its design allows for agile placement, which reduces execution times in all types of projects, from residential enclosures to garden walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,2,0\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"6,2,0\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eClean Aesthetic:\u003c\/b\u003e The pure white color provides luminosity and a modern and careful touch to any environment, adapting to rustic and contemporary styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6,3,0\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"6,3,0\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eMaximum Resistance:\u003c\/b\u003e Made with high quality concrete to withstand the elements, maintaining its shape and color over the years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"7\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eVersatility for all your Projects\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003eWhether for a civil project, a landscaping project or a home renovation, the Vetonek wall cover offers unmatched versatility. Its surface is prepared to resist the outdoors, offering minimal maintenance and maximum durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"9\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eProtect and beautify your walls with Vetonek's quality guarantee: the best quality-price ratio on the market.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"VETONEK","offers":[{"title":"27x50x5cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":52522986537307,"sku":"8431883214918","price":16.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"27x50x5cm \/ White \/ 4 units (2 linear m)","offer_id":52523854332251,"sku":"8431883214925","price":52.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"27x50x5cm \/ White \/ 66 units (33 linear m)","offer_id":52523854365019,"sku":"8431883214932","price":733.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubremuros-studio-photo.png?v=1772799614"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-piedra-seca-remate-pilares","title":"Dry-Stone Pillar Cap - End Piece for Turégano and Ponferrada Pillars","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDry-Stone Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis pillar cap is the purpose-made end piece for the Turégano and Ponferrada pillars. It reproduces the look of \u003cb\u003epaving or dry stone with a lightly textured surface\u003c\/b\u003e, so the top doesn't break the pillar's look and the whole thing reads as a single piece of masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVisual continuity:\u003c\/b\u003e the same texture and colour family as the Turégano and Ponferrada pillars, with no tone jump at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDry-stone texture:\u003c\/b\u003e a lightly rough surface that hides weathering dirt better than a polished finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 40 × 6 cm and 50 × 50 × 7 cm, for capping 30 and 40 cm pillars with a perimeter overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo organic colours:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos, both designed to blend into landscaped settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish and protection:\u003c\/b\u003e the piece closes the top of the pillar and stops water getting in through the top joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping masonry pillars in plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping gate and entrance piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing buttresses in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscaping projects with a natural stone finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping pillars for porches and built pergolas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e paving or dry-stone look, lightly textured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 40 × 6 cm and 50 × 50 × 7 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (50 × 50 × 7 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 10 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 6 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 16 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible pillars:\u003c\/b\u003e Turégano and Ponferrada.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish the pillar with the last course flush, and let the mortar cure before capping it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the top of the pillar and check it's level in both directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the piece and spread the overhang evenly on all four sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-paver adhesive in interior beads and bed the piece without hammering it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the level with a rubber mallet and remove any material that spills over the edge while fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal the perimeter joint only if the project requires it, and always with a flexible, breathable product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 × 50 × 7 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 6 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with textured pieces it pays to open two or three pallets and mix them before installing. The champagne and pirineos tones vary slightly between batches, and if you cap a whole fence from one pallet and then replace two pieces from another, the difference shows from the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"50 × 50 × 7 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551886762331,"sku":"CKLLIC50CH","price":50.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 7 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551886827867,"sku":"CKLLIC50PR","price":50.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 7 cm \/ Pallet of 10 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551886795099,"sku":"CKLLIC50CH-PALET","price":483.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 7 cm \/ Pallet of 10 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551886860635,"sku":"CKLLIC50PR-PALET","price":483.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551886893403,"sku":"CKLLIC40CH","price":29.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551886958939,"sku":"CKLLIC40PR","price":29.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551886926171,"sku":"CKLLIC40CH-PALET","price":452.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551886991707,"sku":"CKLLIC40PR-PALET","price":452.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-llicorella.jpg?v=1783606554"},{"product_id":"pilar-loarre-textura-labrada-cerramientos","title":"Loarre Pillar - Carved Stone Texture for Enclosures","description":"\u003ch1\u003eLoarre Pillar: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Loarre pillar is a walling piece with a \u003cb\u003ecarved texture that emulates the nobility of stone\u003c\/b\u003e, designed for walls and fences where the finish matters as much as the function. Every face comes from the factory with a pronounced relief, so the pillar is left exposed with no need for cladding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCarved texture:\u003c\/b\u003e a hewn-stone relief that adds shadow and depth to the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComplete system:\u003c\/b\u003e it shares its finish with the Loarre block and is topped with the concrete capital or the double flat pillar cap, both from our range of finishing pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree colors:\u003c\/b\u003e white, beige and périgord, the latter a warm ochre tone with a traditional feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManageable weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 13.1 kg per unit, within the range for manual handling throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe texture hides marks:\u003c\/b\u003e the relief conceals dust and small weathering stains far better than a smooth face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for walls, fences and plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate pilasters and main entrance pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers and buttresses in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas and masonry porches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRustic and traditional-style enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e carved texture that emulates stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 13.1 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e white, beige and périgord.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pack:\u003c\/b\u003e 72.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNote:\u003c\/b\u003e the périgord color is supplied only in the 30 × 30 cm size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild a level footing and leave starter reinforcement bars projecting along the pillar's axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the first piece on fresh mortar and check level and plumb in both directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the remaining pieces, threading the reinforcement through the central cavity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate some pieces so that the carved relief does not repeat the same pattern on the same face every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central cavity with fluid concrete in layers and check plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop with the capital or the pillar cap from the range before tying in the wall section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 17.1 cm — white, beige or périgord — single unit or pallet of 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with a carved texture, mortar that squeezes out of the joint gets into the relief and, once dry, there is no getting it out. Work with a slightly drier mix than usual, remove the excess with the corner of the trowel and go over it with a stiff-bristle brush before the mortar is an hour old.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Loarre pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a precast concrete pillar with a carved texture that emulates stone, designed for walls and fences. Every face comes from the factory with a pronounced relief, so the pillar is left exposed with no need for cladding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two sections: 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm. The colors are white, beige and périgord, although périgord is supplied only in the 30 × 30 cm section. Each unit weighs 13.1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed and how do you avoid staining the relief?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is stacked on a level footing, threading the reinforcement through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete. Remove the excess mortar with the corner of the trowel and a stiff-bristle brush before it sets, because it gets into the relief.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the pillar topped with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is topped with the concrete capital or the double flat pillar cap from the range of finishing pieces. The pillar shares its finish with the Loarre block, so the wall as a whole looks uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Loarre pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a precast concrete pillar with a carved texture that emulates stone, designed for walls and fences. Every face comes from the factory with a pronounced relief, so the pillar is left exposed with no need for cladding.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two sections: 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm. The colors are white, beige and périgord, although périgord is supplied only in the 30 × 30 cm section. Each unit weighs 13.1 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed and how do you avoid staining the relief?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is stacked on a level footing, threading the reinforcement through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete. Remove the excess mortar with the corner of the trowel and a stiff-bristle brush before it sets, because it gets into the relief.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the pillar topped with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is topped with the concrete capital or the double flat pillar cap from the range of finishing pieces. The pillar shares its finish with the Loarre block, so the wall as a whole looks uniform.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551888826715,"sku":"PB40B","price":19.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551888892251,"sku":"PB40BG","price":20.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ White","offer_id":53551888859483,"sku":"PB40B-PALET","price":886.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551888925019,"sku":"PB40BG-PALET","price":929.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551889023323,"sku":"PB30B","price":17.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551889088859,"sku":"PB30BG","price":18.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Périgord \/ Unit","offer_id":53551889154395,"sku":"PB30PE","price":18.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53551889056091,"sku":"PB30B-PALET","price":1195.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551889121627,"sku":"PB30BG-PALET","price":1259.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Périgord","offer_id":53551889187163,"sku":"PB30PE-PALET","price":1259.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-labrado.jpg?v=1783606570"},{"product_id":"bloque-hormigon-loarre-textura-labrada","title":"Loarre Concrete Block - Carved Texture for Enclosures","description":"\u003ch1\u003eLoarre Block: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Loarre block is a concrete unit with a tooled texture that \u003cb\u003ecaptures the nobility of natural stone\u003c\/b\u003e while keeping the regularity of a precast product. It is designed for enclosure walls and low walls where the exposed face is the star, with a coverage of \u003cb\u003e15 pieces per m²\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTooled texture:\u003c\/b\u003e the exposed face reproduces the coursing and relief of cut stone, with a pattern that breaks the monotony of a smooth block.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-quality concrete:\u003c\/b\u003e a compact unit that withstands weathering without needing a coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo factory colors:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige, both through the full body of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConsistent modulation:\u003c\/b\u003e it shares its course height with the Loarre pillar, so wall and pillar fit together without cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo supply series:\u003c\/b\u003e a pallet of 84 units for long wall sections and a pallet of 24 units for small jobs or finishing details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlot enclosures and fences with a rustic finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden low walls and terraced beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacade plinths and bases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerrace parapets and porch dividers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall sections combined with pillars of the same texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 17 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 12.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePieces per m²:\u003c\/b\u003e 15.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (84 series):\u003c\/b\u003e 84 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (24 series):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the strip foundation and check that it is perfectly level before laying the first course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-lay the first three or four pieces to decide the position of the tooled pattern and avoid it repeating vertically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the units in masonry mortar, keeping the joint consistent and cleaning off any excess before it sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild with staggered joints, checking plumb and level every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix pieces from several pallets to spread any slight variation in shade between batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap the wall with a coping or pillar cap with a drip edge that overhangs the wall face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 17 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 84 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 17 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with tooled-texture pieces, the most common mistake is cleaning the mortar with plenty of water once it has already started to set: the water washes the slurry into the depths of the relief and leaves a whitish film that is impossible to remove afterwards. Remove the excess with the trowel while it is fresh and finish with a dry stiff-bristle brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Loarre block and what is it used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a concrete unit with a tooled texture that imitates natural stone. It is designed for enclosure walls and low walls where the exposed face is the star.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its dimensions, weight and coverage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm and weighs 12.5 kg per piece. The coverage is 15 pieces per square meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in white and beige, both through the full body of the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units does each pallet contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two supply series: a pallet of 84 units for long wall sections and a pallet of 24 units for small jobs or finishing details. You can also buy it by the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with the Loarre pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it shares its course height with the Loarre pillar, so wall and pillar fit together without cutting. It is used in enclosure walls, garden low walls, terraced beds, facade plinths and terrace parapets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Loarre block and what is it used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a concrete unit with a tooled texture that imitates natural stone. It is designed for enclosure walls and low walls where the exposed face is the star.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are its dimensions, weight and coverage?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm and weighs 12.5 kg per piece. The coverage is 15 pieces per square meter.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in white and beige, both through the full body of the piece.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units does each pallet contain?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two supply series: a pallet of 84 units for long wall sections and a pallet of 24 units for small jobs or finishing details. You can also buy it by the unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compatible with the Loarre pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it shares its course height with the Loarre pillar, so wall and pillar fit together without cutting. It is used in enclosure walls, garden low walls, terraced beds, facade plinths and terrace parapets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 24 units) \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53551889776987,"sku":"TBB40B","price":20.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 24 units) \/ Unit \/ Beige","offer_id":53551889842523,"sku":"TBB40BG","price":21.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 24 units) \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ White","offer_id":53551889809755,"sku":"TBB40B-PALET","price":473.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 24 units) \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551889875291,"sku":"TBB40BG-PALET","price":497.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 84 units) \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53551889908059,"sku":"BB40B","price":14.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 84 units) \/ Unit \/ Beige","offer_id":53551889973595,"sku":"BB40BG","price":15.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 84 units) \/ Pallet of 84 units \/ White","offer_id":53551889940827,"sku":"BB40B-PALET","price":1180.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm (pallet of 84 units) \/ Pallet of 84 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551890006363,"sku":"BB40BG-PALET","price":1234.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque-labrado.jpg?v=1783606582"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-punta-diamante-hormigon-goteron","title":"Diamond-Point Pillar Cap - End Piece with Drip Edge for Chimneys","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDiamond-Point Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diamond-point pillar cap is the four-slope end piece that caps pillars and chimneys. Its built-in drip edge \u003cb\u003estops water getting in\u003c\/b\u003e and the slope on all four faces minimises dirt build-up on top, so the whole thing stays clean and functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFour-slope profile:\u003c\/b\u003e water drains off all four sides and doesn't pool on the piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBuilt-in drip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e optimal water drainage and protection for the pillar's exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 28 × 28, 40 × 40 and 50 × 50 cm, covering everything from a narrow chimney to a 40 cm pillar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLess maintenance:\u003c\/b\u003e the slope sheds dust and leaves, so the top of the pillar gets far less dirty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColours:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige, matching the Bellver pillar and block and the Loarre pillar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping chimneys and exposed-brick flues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping fence pillars and plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping gate and entrance piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing buttresses in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping pillars for porches and built pergolas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e strong, durable concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesign:\u003c\/b\u003e diamond point with built-in drip edge for optimal water drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm, 40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm and 50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 14 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish the pillar or chimney with the last course flush and let it cure before capping it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the top and check the level in both directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the piece and spread the overhang evenly on all four sides; leave 3 to 5 cm per side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-paver adhesive in interior beads, without reaching into the drip-edge groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed with a rubber mallet and check the level again before the adhesive grabs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove any material that spills over the perimeter while fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 24.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 24.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 14.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e for chimneys, measure the flue before ordering, not the brick pillar: the piece needs to overhang past the cladding, not sit flush with it. If the cap doesn't project at least 3 cm on each side, water runs straight down the face, the drip-edge groove doesn't do its job, and vertical stains appear below the cap by the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891448155,"sku":"CP28B","price":14.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891513691,"sku":"CP28BG","price":14.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ White","offer_id":53551891480923,"sku":"CP28B-PALET","price":329.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 3.5 × 7 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551891546459,"sku":"CP28BG-PALET","price":329.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891579227,"sku":"CP50B","price":40.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891644763,"sku":"CP50BG","price":40.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm \/ Pallet of 14 units \/ White","offer_id":53551891611995,"sku":"CP50B-PALET","price":540.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 × 10 cm \/ Pallet of 14 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551891677531,"sku":"CP50BG-PALET","price":540.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891710299,"sku":"CP40B","price":24.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551891775835,"sku":"CP40BG","price":24.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ White","offer_id":53551891743067,"sku":"CP40B-PALET","price":559.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 5.5 × 9 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551891808603,"sku":"CP40BG-PALET","price":559.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-punta-de-diamante.jpg?v=1783606598"},{"product_id":"bloque-hormigon-bellver-cara-lisa","title":"Bellver Concrete Block - Smooth Face for Walls and Fences","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBellver Block: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bellver block is a smooth-faced concrete unit for building walls and fences with a clean, even finish. It covers \u003cb\u003e15 units per square meter\u003c\/b\u003e and is laid with conventional mortar, with no need for rendering afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmooth exposed face:\u003c\/b\u003e even surface with no open pores, ready to be left exposed just as it comes off the pallet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree factory colors:\u003c\/b\u003e gray, white and beige, with the color running through the whole body of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo formats:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 17 × 17.1 cm for continuous wall sections and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm for junctions and reinforcements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eControlled weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg per unit, easy to handle by hand throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with the Bellver pillar:\u003c\/b\u003e same course height and same finish, so wall and pillar form a single, matching whole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure walls and perimeter fencing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden low walls, terraced beds and built-in planters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerrace and rooftop parapets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative interior partitions with an exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlinths and bases combined with pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 17 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per m²:\u003c\/b\u003e 15.00.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e gray, white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 17 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 105 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild a level strip foundation and leave starter bars at the points where the pillars will go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the first course on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square: any error here carries all the way to the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild in a running bond with a joint of constant thickness, also filling the vertical joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck plumb every two courses with a straightedge and a spirit level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove excess mortar while it is still fresh using the trowel; on a smooth face, slurry stains are far more noticeable than on a rough texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish the top with a coping or pillar cap with a drip edge so that water does not run down the exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 17 × 17.1 cm — gray, white or beige — single unit or pallet of 105 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — gray, white or beige — single unit or pallet of 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e on a smooth face, the joint shows. Always use the same pointing trowel and mortar from the same batch within a single wall section; if you have to stop work, break off at a full vertical joint and not mid-course, because the change in mortar color will give away the break forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Bellver block and what is it used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a smooth-faced concrete unit for building walls and fences with a clean, even finish. It is laid with conventional mortar and does not need rendering afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its dimensions, weight and coverage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two formats: 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm for continuous wall sections and 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm for junctions and reinforcements. Each unit weighs 11.2 kg and 15 units are needed per square meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in gray, white and beige, with the color running through the whole body of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units come on each pallet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pallet of the 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm format holds 105 units and the pallet of the 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm format holds 24 units. You can also buy it by the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with the Bellver pillar and what are its uses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it has the same course height and the same finish as the Bellver pillar. It is used in enclosure walls, fencing, garden low walls, terraced beds, terrace parapets and exposed-face interior partitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Bellver block and what is it used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a smooth-faced concrete unit for building walls and fences with a clean, even finish. It is laid with conventional mortar and does not need rendering afterwards.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are its dimensions, weight and coverage?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two formats: 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm for continuous wall sections and 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm for junctions and reinforcements. Each unit weighs 11.2 kg and 15 units are needed per square meter.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it available in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in gray, white and beige, with the color running through the whole body of the unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units come on each pallet?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The pallet of the 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm format holds 105 units and the pallet of the 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm format holds 24 units. You can also buy it by the unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it compatible with the Bellver pillar and what are its uses?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it has the same course height and the same finish as the Bellver pillar. It is used in enclosure walls, fencing, garden low walls, terraced beds, terrace parapets and exposed-face interior partitions.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894593883,"sku":"BLO20G","price":13.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894659419,"sku":"BLO20B","price":14.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894724955,"sku":"BLO20BG","price":15.53,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 105 units \/ Gray","offer_id":53551894626651,"sku":"BLO20G-PALET","price":1370.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 105 units \/ White","offer_id":53551894692187,"sku":"BLO20B-PALET","price":1467.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 105 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551894757723,"sku":"BLO20BG-PALET","price":1549.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894790491,"sku":"TBLO20G","price":20.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894856027,"sku":"TBLO20B","price":22.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551894921563,"sku":"TBLO20BG","price":23.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Gray","offer_id":53551894823259,"sku":"TBLO20G-PALET","price":469.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ White","offer_id":53551894888795,"sku":"TBLO20B-PALET","price":503.2,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551894954331,"sku":"TBLO20BG-PALET","price":530.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque-liso.jpg?v=1783606623"},{"product_id":"pilar-bellver-cara-lisa-muros-vallas","title":"Bellver Pillar - Smooth Face for Enclosure Walls and Fences","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBellver Pillar: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bellver pillar is the smooth-faced piece for building walls and fences with a \u003cb\u003eflawless finish and easy installation\u003c\/b\u003e. It is assembled by stacking on top of the foundation and is left exposed just as it comes off the pallet, with no rendering or paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmooth face with no open pores:\u003c\/b\u003e even surface, ready to be left exposed without cladding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree sections:\u003c\/b\u003e 22.5, 30 and 40 cm, to match the pillar to the actual load it has to carry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLightweight piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 8.7 kg in the 22.5 cm format, easy to handle by hand throughout the working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eComplete system:\u003c\/b\u003e shares its finish and course height with the Bellver block.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo compatible caps:\u003c\/b\u003e flat pillar cap or diamond-point pillar cap, both with a drip edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for enclosure walls and perimeter fencing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate posts for swing and sliding gates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers and reinforcements in garden low walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas, porches and outdoor structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntermediate posts in panel and bar fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e smooth face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm, 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight (22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 8.7 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild a level footing and leave starter rebar centered on the axis of the pillar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the first piece on fresh mortar and check that it is level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the remaining pieces, threading the rebar through the central cavity, with a joint of constant thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central cavity with fluid concrete in lifts of three or four courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove excess mortar while it is still fresh: on a smooth face, grout stains are much more visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish the top with the flat or diamond-point concrete pillar cap, always with a drip edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e do not use the 22.5 cm section to hang a gate. It is a companion pillar, meant for intermediate posts and low wall finishes; as soon as you mount an iron gate on it, the hinge bolt acts as a lever on a wall just a few centimeters thick and the first course ends up cracked. For gates, use the 40 × 40 cm section with rebar and fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Bellver pillar and how is it assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a smooth-faced concrete pillar for walls and fences that is left exposed with no rendering or paint. It is assembled by stacking on top of the foundation, threading the rebar through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are three sections: 22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm, 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm. The available colors are white and beige. The 22.5 cm piece weighs 8.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich section should I choose for a gate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor gates, the 40 × 40 cm section with rebar and fill is recommended. The 22.5 cm one is a companion pillar, designed for intermediate posts and low wall finishes, not for hanging a gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is used to cap the pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is topped with a concrete pillar cap, flat or diamond-point, both with a drip edge. It also shares its finish and course height with the Bellver block, so the whole assembly looks uniform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Bellver pillar and how is it assembled?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a smooth-faced concrete pillar for walls and fences that is left exposed with no rendering or paint. It is assembled by stacking on top of the foundation, threading the rebar through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are three sections: 22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm, 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm. The available colors are white and beige. The 22.5 cm piece weighs 8.7 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which section should I choose for a gate?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"For gates, the 40 × 40 cm section with rebar and fill is recommended. The 22.5 cm one is a companion pillar, designed for intermediate posts and low wall finishes, not for hanging a gate.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is used to cap the pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is topped with a concrete pillar cap, flat or diamond-point, both with a drip edge. It also shares its finish and course height with the Bellver block, so the whole assembly looks uniform.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551895806299,"sku":"PIL40B","price":17.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551895871835,"sku":"PIL40BG","price":18.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ White","offer_id":53551895839067,"sku":"PIL40B-PALET","price":804.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551895904603,"sku":"PIL40BG-PALET","price":844.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551895937371,"sku":"PIL30B","price":15.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896002907,"sku":"PIL30BG","price":16.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53551895970139,"sku":"PIL30B-PALET","price":1090.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551896035675,"sku":"PIL30BG-PALET","price":1148.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896068443,"sku":"PIL22B","price":9.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896133979,"sku":"PIL22BG","price":9.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53551896101211,"sku":"PIL22B-PALET","price":629.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22.5 × 22.5 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551896166747,"sku":"PIL22BG-PALET","price":629.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-liso.jpg?v=1783606645"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-punta-diamante-extra-liso","title":"Extra-Smooth Diamond-Point Pillar Cap - Polished End Piece with Drip Edge","description":"\u003ch1\u003eExtra-Smooth Diamond-Point Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra-smooth diamond-point pillar cap is the pyramid-shaped capping piece with a \u003cb\u003esuper-smooth texture\u003c\/b\u003e that finishes and protects the pillar. Its underside drip edge cuts off water running down the exposed face, so the pillar doesn't stain or get damp at the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFour-slope profile:\u003c\/b\u003e the pyramid shape drains water outward and stops it collecting on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExtra-smooth finish:\u003c\/b\u003e a surface with no visible pores, with the crispness of a piece vibrated in a wet mould.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePerimeter drip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e breaks the water's fall and keeps it off the pillar's exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSolid piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 17.7 kg per unit, with enough mass not to shift in the wind or from a door being slammed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo neutral colours:\u003c\/b\u003e white and cement grey, which combine with almost any enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping enclosure and perimeter fencing pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping hinged and sliding gate piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing buttresses in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping pillars for porches, pergolas and built barbecues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscaping projects with a contemporary look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e super-smooth, pyramid-shaped design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm and 48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 17.7 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDrip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e yes, on the underside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white and cement grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 36 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 28 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish the pillar with the last course flush and let the mortar cure before capping it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the top of the pillar and check the level in both directions: a grain of grit under the piece will leave it wobbling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the pillar cap and spread the overhang evenly on all four sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-paver adhesive in interior beads, keeping clear of the edge so it doesn't spill over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed with a rubber mallet or an interposed wood block, never a metal mallet directly on the exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove excess adhesive while fresh and check the drip-edge groove is clear all the way round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm — white or cement grey — single unit or pallet of 28.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm — white or cement grey — single unit or pallet of 36.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the most common mistake is blocking the drip edge with adhesive. If you apply the bead too close to the edge, the material spills over, fills the groove, and water no longer breaks away cleanly: within two winters you'll have black streaks down the pillar. Always work 3 cm in from the edge and run the tip of the trowel along the groove before it hardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896592731,"sku":"WCP48B","price":41.83,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm \/ Cement Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896658267,"sku":"WCP48GC","price":36.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm \/ Pallet of 28 units \/ White","offer_id":53551896625499,"sku":"WCP48B-PALET","price":1112.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 4.5 × 9 cm \/ Pallet of 28 units \/ Cement Gray","offer_id":53551896691035,"sku":"WCP48GC-PALET","price":958.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896723803,"sku":"WCP38B","price":25.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm \/ Cement Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551896789339,"sku":"WCP38GC","price":23.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm \/ Pallet of 36 units \/ White","offer_id":53551896756571,"sku":"WCP38B-PALET","price":864.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 4 × 8 cm \/ Pallet of 36 units \/ Cement Gray","offer_id":53551896822107,"sku":"WCP38GC-PALET","price":789.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-punta-de-diamante-acabado-liso-wet-cast.jpg?v=1783606659"},{"product_id":"bloque-hormigon-penafiel-acabado-marmol","title":"Peñafiel Concrete Block - Marble Finish for Walls and Pillars","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePeñafiel Block: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peñafiel block is a concrete unit with a uniform, marble-like finish and texture, designed for building walls and enclosures that match the Peñafiel pillar. Its geometry allows for \u003cb\u003eeasy installation without specialized labor\u003c\/b\u003e, with a yield of \u003cb\u003e15 pieces per m²\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniform texture:\u003c\/b\u003e the marble-like finish stays consistent from piece to piece, with no stains or color changes within the same batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStraightforward assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e the modular format fits the Peñafiel pillar, so wall and pillar end up at the same course height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo formats:\u003c\/b\u003e the stretcher unit of 40 × 17 × 17.1 cm and the unit of 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm handle both wall sections and junctions without cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManageable weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg per piece, within the range for manual handling on site.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo factory colors:\u003c\/b\u003e anthracite and sand, both colored throughout the entire body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure walls and plot fencing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerrace parapets and balustrade walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDividing low walls in gardens and landscaped areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in benches and planters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall sections combined with pillars of the same finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 40 × 17 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePieces per m²:\u003c\/b\u003e 15.00.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 17 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 105 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet out the wall and build a level continuous foundation, leaving starter rebar where the pillars will go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the first course on fresh mortar and check level and squareness: this course sets the line for all the others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild up in courses with staggered joints, filling the vertical joints and keeping a constant joint thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternate pieces from different pallets to spread out any slight difference in tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean off mortar residue with the trowel before it sets; once dry it is much harder to remove and can scratch the visible face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap the wall with a coping or pillar cap that overhangs the wall face to protect the last course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 17 × 17.1 cm — anthracite or sand — single unit or pallet of 105 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — anthracite or sand — single unit or pallet of 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e order between 7% and 10% extra pieces. Between transport breakage, cuts at corners and adjusting the last course, a wall at 15 pieces\/m² uses up that margin before you notice, and a later reorder almost never comes from the same color batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Peñafiel block?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a concrete unit with a uniform, marble-like finish and texture, designed for building walls and enclosures that match the Peñafiel pillar. It is easy to install, without specialized labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its dimensions, weight and yield?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two formats: 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm and 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm. Each piece weighs 11.2 kg and the yield is 15 pieces per square meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors is it sold in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is sold in anthracite and sand, both colored throughout the entire body of the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units come on each pallet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pallet of the 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm format holds 105 units and the one of the 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm format holds 24 units. You can also buy it by the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat uses does it have and is it compatible with the pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used in enclosure walls, plot fencing, terrace parapets, low garden walls and built-in planters. It fits with the Peñafiel pillar, at the same course height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Peñafiel block?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a concrete unit with a uniform, marble-like finish and texture, designed for building walls and enclosures that match the Peñafiel pillar. It is easy to install, without specialized labor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are its dimensions, weight and yield?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two formats: 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm and 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm. Each piece weighs 11.2 kg and the yield is 15 pieces per square meter.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What colors is it sold in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is sold in anthracite and sand, both colored throughout the entire body of the piece.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units come on each pallet?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The pallet of the 40 x 17 x 17.1 cm format holds 105 units and the one of the 40 x 40 x 17.1 cm format holds 24 units. You can also buy it by the unit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What uses does it have and is it compatible with the pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is used in enclosure walls, plot fencing, terrace parapets, low garden walls and built-in planters. It fits with the Peñafiel pillar, at the same course height.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551898263899,"sku":"BLOM20G","price":16.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Sand \/ Unit","offer_id":53551898329435,"sku":"BLOM20AR","price":16.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 105 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551898296667,"sku":"BLOM20G-PALET","price":1610.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 17 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 105 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53551898362203,"sku":"BLOM20AR-PALET","price":1610.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551898394971,"sku":"TBLOM20G","price":24.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Sand \/ Unit","offer_id":53551898460507,"sku":"TBLOM20AR","price":24.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551898427739,"sku":"TBLOM20G-PALET","price":551.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53551898493275,"sku":"TBLOM20AR-PALET","price":551.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/bloque-marmol.jpg?v=1783606679"},{"product_id":"embellecedor-acero-inoxidable-pilares","title":"Stainless Steel Pillar Trim - Decorative Finish","description":"\u003ch1\u003eStainless steel pillar trim: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pillar trim is the detail piece that decoratively tops off a precast pillar and gives it a modern, metallic finish. It is \u003cb\u003edesigned for smooth-faced, marble-finish and fluted-relief pillars\u003c\/b\u003e, which it fits with no adaptations or intermediate pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStainless steel:\u003c\/b\u003e a material that does not rust outdoors and keeps its shine with just a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial contrast:\u003c\/b\u003e metal against concrete breaks up the monotony of the enclosure without any additional building work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLightweight piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 0.38 kg per unit, it can be installed without help and without lifting equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo standard sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 3 cm and 40 × 40 × 3 cm, for the two most common pillar sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with several ranges:\u003c\/b\u003e it fits smooth, marble-finish and fluted-relief pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative detail on fence pillars and plot boundary wall pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking of gate pilasters and main entrance pilasters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative finish for piers in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomization of modern-style enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombination with steel hardware and gates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e stainless steel (inox).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 0.38 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManufacturing dimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 3 cm, 30 × 30 × 3 × 15 cm, 40 × 40 × 3 cm and 40 × 40 × 3 × 15 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eType of piece:\u003c\/b\u003e decorative detail, non-structural.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible pillars:\u003c\/b\u003e smooth-faced, marble-finish and fluted-relief.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 3 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 12 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 3 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 12 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (3 × 15 cm versions):\u003c\/b\u003e 2 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide at what height of the pillar you want the trim and mark it before you start laying the piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert it into the corresponding course, like one more piece of the stack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that all four faces sit flush with the concrete pieces, with no protrusions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the level and plumb before continuing with the next course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect the visible face with masking tape for the rest of the work and remove it at the end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 3 cm — inox — single unit or pallet of 12 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 3 cm — inox — single unit or pallet of 12 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e do not clean the inox with a metal scouring pad or with chlorine-based products. The carbon steel particles the scouring pad sheds become embedded and rust the surface within a few weeks, leaving rust spots that look like a defect in the piece. Water, neutral soap and a soft cloth following the direction of the polish are enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stainless steel pillar trim used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the detail piece that decoratively tops off a precast pillar and gives it a modern, metallic finish. It is a decorative detail, not a structural one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pillars is it compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for smooth-faced, marble-finish and fluted-relief pillars, which it fits with no adaptations or intermediate pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and weight does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two standard sizes: 30 × 30 × 3 cm and 40 × 40 × 3 cm. Each unit weighs 0.38 kg and is sold as a single unit or by the pallet of 12 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is inserted into the corresponding course, like one more piece of the stack. Check that all four faces sit flush and verify the level and plumb before continuing with the next course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you clean stainless steel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, neutral soap and a soft cloth following the direction of the polish are enough. Do not use a metal scouring pad or chlorine-based products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the stainless steel pillar trim used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is the detail piece that decoratively tops off a precast pillar and gives it a modern, metallic finish. It is a decorative detail, not a structural one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which pillars is it compatible with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is designed for smooth-faced, marble-finish and fluted-relief pillars, which it fits with no adaptations or intermediate pieces.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and weight does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are two standard sizes: 30 × 30 × 3 cm and 40 × 40 × 3 cm. Each unit weighs 0.38 kg and is sold as a single unit or by the pallet of 12 units.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is inserted into the corresponding course, like one more piece of the stack. Check that all four faces sit flush and verify the level and plumb before continuing with the next course.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do you clean stainless steel?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Water, neutral soap and a soft cloth following the direction of the polish are enough. Do not use a metal scouring pad or chlorine-based products.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 3 cm \/ Stainless steel \/ Unit","offer_id":53551899607387,"sku":"INSERT4040I12","price":38.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 3 cm \/ Pallet of 12 units \/ Stainless steel","offer_id":53551899640155,"sku":"INSERT4040I12-PALET","price":439.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 3 cm \/ Stainless steel \/ Unit","offer_id":53551899672923,"sku":"INSERT3030I12","price":29.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 3 cm \/ Pallet of 12 units \/ Stainless steel","offer_id":53551899705691,"sku":"INSERT3030I12-PALET","price":330.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/embellecedor-para-pilares.jpg?v=1783606700"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-plano-hormigon-goteron","title":"Flat Concrete Pillar Cap - Drip Edge Protects the Pillar from Water","description":"\u003ch1\u003eFlat Concrete Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flat pillar cap finishes off any type of pillar, whether precast, stone or brick. Its flat top gives a clean, sober finish, and the \u003cb\u003edrip edge on the underside cuts off the water before it runs down the pillar\u003c\/b\u003e, which is where stains and efflorescence on the top of piers come from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnderside drip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e the perimeter groove breaks the surface tension and forces the drop to fall straight down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThree sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 28 × 28, 40 × 40 and 50 × 50 cm, to overhang small, medium and large pillar sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFlat profile:\u003c\/b\u003e a clean, discreet straight line, the neutral choice when you don't want a pyramid-shaped cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDual function:\u003c\/b\u003e the 40 and 50 cm models also work as caps for square static roof vents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo colours:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige, to combine with the Bellver, Loarre and Cuéllar pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping precast enclosure pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping brick or stone piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping square static roof vents (40 and 50 cm sizes).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping gate and entrance piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping fence pillars and garden wall piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 28 × 28 × 4 cm, 40 × 40 × 6 cm and 50 × 50 × 6 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eProfile:\u003c\/b\u003e flat, with a drip edge on the underside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (28 × 28 × 4 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 32 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 6 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 34 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (50 × 50 × 6 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 16 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdditional use:\u003c\/b\u003e cap for square static roof vents in the 40 and 50 cm sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the top of the pillar is level and free of dust and mortar residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the piece and spread the overhang evenly on all four sides; the drip edge only works if it projects past the pillar's face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-precast adhesive in interior beads, without reaching the outer edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the piece and check level in both directions before the adhesive starts to grab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove excess material while fresh and clean the drip-edge groove all the way round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28 × 28 × 4 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 32.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 6 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 34.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 × 50 × 6 cm — white or beige — single unit or pallet of 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e measure the pillar before ordering, not the fence. The classic mistake is buying the 40 cm pillar cap for a 40 cm-wide pier: with no overhang, the drip edge sits flush with the pillar's face and does nothing. Always leave 3 to 5 cm of overhang on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"28 × 28 × 4 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900393819,"sku":"CK28B","price":13.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 4 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900459355,"sku":"CK28BG","price":13.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 4 cm \/ Pallet of 32 units \/ White","offer_id":53551900426587,"sku":"CK28B-PALET","price":414.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"28 × 28 × 4 cm \/ Pallet of 32 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551900492123,"sku":"CK28BG-PALET","price":414.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900524891,"sku":"CK50B","price":36.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900590427,"sku":"CK50BG","price":36.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ White","offer_id":53551900557659,"sku":"CK50B-PALET","price":561.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551900623195,"sku":"CK50BG-PALET","price":561.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900655963,"sku":"CK40B","price":21.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551900721499,"sku":"CK40BG","price":21.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 34 units \/ White","offer_id":53551900688731,"sku":"CK40B-PALET","price":703.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 34 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551900754267,"sku":"CK40BG-PALET","price":703.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-planos.jpg?v=1783606717"},{"product_id":"pilar-penafiel-acabado-marmol-antracita","title":"Peñafiel Pillar - Anthracite Marble Finish with Tongue-and-Groove Assembly","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePeñafiel Pillar: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peñafiel pillar is the enclosure piece with a marble-inspired finish in anthracite, for projects looking for a dark, uniform tone. Its \u003cb\u003etongue-and-groove joint locks piece onto piece and makes on-site assembly easier\u003c\/b\u003e, because each course is guided by the one below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTongue-and-groove joint:\u003c\/b\u003e the interlock guides the next piece, so the pillar goes up plumb with fewer corrections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMarble finish:\u003c\/b\u003e a subtle veining that gives a contemporary look unusual in a precast piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eAnthracite colour through the piece:\u003c\/b\u003e the tone doesn't depend on a surface layer that could wear away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eManageable weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg per piece, handled by hand with no lifting gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eComplete system:\u003c\/b\u003e shares its finish and colour with the Peñafiel block, so wall and pillar form a matching set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for fences and plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers for hinged and sliding gates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtresses and reinforcements in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas and decorative structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContemporary-style landscaping and garden projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e marble-inspired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColour:\u003c\/b\u003e anthracite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight per piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 11.2 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eJoint system:\u003c\/b\u003e tongue-and-groove, to make on-site assembly easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast a perfectly level footing: on a tongue-and-groove pillar, an error in the base can't be corrected later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the first piece on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the following pieces into the tongue-and-groove joint, without forcing them or striking them on an edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread the reinforcement through the central void as the pillar goes up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill with flowing concrete in lifts of three or four courses and clean off any spillage while fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap it with a pillar cap with a drip edge to protect the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — anthracite — single unit or pallet of 48.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 17.1 cm — anthracite — single unit or pallet of 72.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the tongue-and-groove joint doesn't tolerate dirty pieces. A bit of dried mortar left in the groove lifts the course half a centimetre, and that half a centimetre multiplied by ten courses leaves the pillar five centimetres taller than the one next to it. Clean the joint with the trowel before bedding each piece and check the height every three courses against the neighbouring pillar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551902654811,"sku":"PILM40G","price":17.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551902687579,"sku":"PILM40G-PALET","price":784.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551902720347,"sku":"PILM30G","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551902753115,"sku":"PILM30G-PALET","price":1059.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-marmol.jpg?v=1783606728"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-plano-extra-liso-goteron","title":"Extra-Smooth Flat Pillar Cap - Polished-Feel Finish with Drip Edge","description":"\u003ch1\u003eExtra-Smooth Flat Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra-smooth flat pillar cap is the flat-profile capping piece with an \u003cb\u003eextra-smooth surface\u003c\/b\u003e, designed for pillars with a contemporary look. It has a drip edge on the underside, so it effectively protects the pillar it's installed on without giving up a clean, straight line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eExtra-smooth surface:\u003c\/b\u003e an exposed face with no visible pore, well above the finish of a conventional precast piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFlat profile:\u003c\/b\u003e a straight, horizontal edge, the natural choice for enclosures with modern lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnderside drip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e protects the pillar by cutting off water running down its exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSolid piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 19.5 kg per unit, with enough mass not to shift in the wind or from a heavy door being slammed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo colours:\u003c\/b\u003e white and cement grey, two neutral tones that combine with almost any enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping enclosure pillars with straight lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping sliding and hinged gate piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing buttresses in exposed-concrete walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping pillars at entrances and walkways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden projects with a minimalist look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete with a smooth finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 38 × 38 × 6 cm and 48 × 48 × 6 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 19.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eProfile:\u003c\/b\u003e flat, with a drip edge on the underside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white and cement grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (38 × 38 × 6 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 16 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (48 × 48 × 6 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 28 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompanion piece:\u003c\/b\u003e extra-smooth diamond-point pillar cap, same finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevel and clean the top of the pillar; on such a smooth piece, any grain of grit left underneath will leave the cap unsteady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the piece and spread the overhang evenly on all four sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-precast adhesive in interior beads, without reaching the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed it without striking with a metal mallet: use a wood block or a rubber mallet so as not to mark the exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck level in both directions and remove any adhesive spillage while fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the drip-edge groove is clear all the way round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48 × 48 × 6 cm — white or cement grey — single unit or pallet of 28.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e38 × 38 × 6 cm — white or cement grey — single unit or pallet of 16.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e extra-smooth surfaces show every scuff, so don't rest them on edge on gravel or drag them across the pallet. Lift them onto the pillar horizontally and with two people: a poorly gripped 19.5 kg piece almost always ends up with a chipped corner, and on a smooth face there's no way to hide that chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"48 × 48 × 6 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551903244635,"sku":"WCK48B","price":36.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 6 cm \/ Cement Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551903310171,"sku":"WCK48GC","price":30.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 28 units \/ White","offer_id":53551903277403,"sku":"WCK48B-PALET","price":966.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 × 48 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 28 units \/ Cement Gray","offer_id":53551903342939,"sku":"WCK48GC-PALET","price":820.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 6 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551903375707,"sku":"WCK38B","price":21.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 6 cm \/ Cement Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551903441243,"sku":"WCK38GC","price":19.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ White","offer_id":53551903408475,"sku":"WCK38B-PALET","price":333.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38 × 38 × 6 cm \/ Pallet of 16 units \/ Cement Gray","offer_id":53551903474011,"sku":"WCK38GC-PALET","price":300.81,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilares-planos-acabado-liso-wet-cast.jpg?v=1783606740"},{"product_id":"pilar-cuellar-relieve-estriado","title":"Cuéllar Pillar - Ribbed Texture for Construction and Garden","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCuéllar Pillar: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cuéllar pillar stands out for its \u003cb\u003eribbed texture\u003c\/b\u003e, a pattern of parallel lines that adds shadow and depth to the enclosure. It supports two decorative layouts, staggered or in a running line, so the same piece gives two different looks for the pillar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eRibbed texture:\u003c\/b\u003e the parallel lines cast their own shadow and give volume to the exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo decorative layouts:\u003c\/b\u003e staggered or in a running line, depending on the effect the project needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThree colours:\u003c\/b\u003e grey, white and beige, to fit any enclosure palette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eLightweight:\u003c\/b\u003e 10.62 kg per piece, the most manageable in our pillar range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eContemporary design:\u003c\/b\u003e a durable, tough piece built for modern outdoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for fences and plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers for gates and entrances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtresses and reinforcements in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative elements and bases for outdoor structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden and terrace decoration projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality, durable and tough concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e ribbed texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight per piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 10.62 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e grey, white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDecorative layouts:\u003c\/b\u003e staggered and in a running line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide before you start whether you'll lay it staggered or in a running line: changing your mind partway up shows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast a level footing and leave reinforcement starter bars on the pillar's axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the first piece on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the pieces, threading the reinforcement through the central void, keeping the ribs always facing the same way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central void with flowing concrete in lifts and check plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap it with a pillar cap with a drip edge and clean the ribs before the mortar hardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — grey, white or beige — single unit or pallet of 48.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 17.1 cm — grey, white or beige — single unit or pallet of 72.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the ribs act like little channels and carry water downward, so always keep the ribbing vertical and never install a piece rotated halfway round. If one course ends up with the lines crossed, water pools at the change of direction, and that joint is where the enclosure's first dirt stain shows up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551906980187,"sku":"PIR40G","price":17.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551907045723,"sku":"PIR40B","price":18.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551907111259,"sku":"PIR40BG","price":19.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Gray","offer_id":53551907012955,"sku":"PIR40G-PALET","price":785.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ White","offer_id":53551907078491,"sku":"PIR40B-PALET","price":844.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551907144027,"sku":"PIR40BG-PALET","price":886.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Gray \/ Unit","offer_id":53551907176795,"sku":"PIR30G","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551907242331,"sku":"PIR30B","price":16.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Beige \/ Unit","offer_id":53551907307867,"sku":"PIR30BG","price":17.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Gray","offer_id":53551907209563,"sku":"PIR30G-PALET","price":1059.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53551907275099,"sku":"PIR30B-PALET","price":1145.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Beige","offer_id":53551907340635,"sku":"PIR30BG-PALET","price":1205.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-rigato.jpg?v=1783606769"},{"product_id":"pilar-coca-aspecto-ladrillo-manual","title":"Coca Pillar - Handmade Brick Look for Fences and Garden","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePilar Coca: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pilar Coca is the decorative piece \u003cb\u003einspired by traditional handmade brick fences\u003c\/b\u003e, which lets you build a warm, handcrafted-looking pillar without traditional brickwork or skilled labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHandmade brick look:\u003c\/b\u003e the layout and the irregularity of the face imitate the traditional brickyard finish, with the performance of a precast piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThrough-body siena color:\u003c\/b\u003e a warm, welcoming tone that does not fade with a knock or a cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThree sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 24 cm, 40 × 40 × 12 cm and 40 × 40 × 24 cm, to adjust course height and cross-section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e23.7 kg piece:\u003c\/b\u003e enough mass to give the pillar stability from the first course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStack assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e no formwork, no rendering and no need to point the exposed face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence pillars and rustic-style garden fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate posts and plot entrance pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers and reinforcements in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas, porches and built-in barbecues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative structures in Mediterranean landscaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete with a handmade brick finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 24 cm, 40 × 40 × 12 cm and 40 × 40 × 24 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColor:\u003c\/b\u003e siena.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 23.7 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 24 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 45 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 12 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 24 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 31 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild a level footing and leave starter rebars centered on the pillar axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the first piece on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the following pieces, threading the rebar through the central cavity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternate pieces from several pallets to spread out the slight tone differences typical of the siena finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central cavity with fluid concrete in layers and check plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop with a pillar cap with a drip edge before tying in the fence panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 12 cm — siena — single unit or pallet of 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 24 cm — siena — single unit or pallet of 31 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 24 cm — siena — single unit or pallet of 45 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e always allow for 7% to 10% extra pieces. In a finish that imitates handmade brick, tone variation between batches is part of the effect, but if you fall short and reorder six months later, the new pillar will stick out like a sore thumb next to the old one. It is cheaper to keep five pieces in the garage than to order half a pallet from a different batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Pilar Coca?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a decorative precast concrete pillar inspired by traditional handmade brick fences. It lets you build a warm, handcrafted-looking pillar without traditional brickwork or skilled labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and color does it come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in three sizes: 30 × 30 × 24 cm, 40 × 40 × 12 cm and 40 × 40 × 24 cm. The color is siena throughout the body and each piece weighs 23.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is assembled by stacking on a level footing, threading the rebar through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete in layers. It is advisable to alternate pieces from several pallets to spread out slight tone differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow for 7% to 10% extra pieces, because tone variation between batches is part of the effect. Each pallet holds 45 units of the 30 × 30 × 24 size, 48 of the 40 × 40 × 12 and 31 of the 40 × 40 × 24.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Pilar Coca?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a decorative precast concrete pillar inspired by traditional handmade brick fences. It lets you build a warm, handcrafted-looking pillar without traditional brickwork or skilled labor.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and color does it come in?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is available in three sizes: 30 × 30 × 24 cm, 40 × 40 × 12 cm and 40 × 40 × 24 cm. The color is siena throughout the body and each piece weighs 23.7 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is assembled by stacking on a level footing, threading the rebar through the central cavity and filling with fluid concrete in layers. It is advisable to alternate pieces from several pallets to spread out slight tone differences.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many pieces do I need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Allow for 7% to 10% extra pieces, because tone variation between batches is part of the effect. Each pallet holds 45 units of the 30 × 30 × 24 size, 48 of the 40 × 40 × 12 and 31 of the 40 × 40 × 24.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 12 cm \/ Siena \/ Unit","offer_id":53551909077339,"sku":"PBRIQ4012SI","price":26.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 12 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Siena","offer_id":53551909110107,"sku":"PBRIQ4012SI-PALET","price":1226.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 24 cm \/ Siena \/ Unit","offer_id":53551909142875,"sku":"PBRIQ40SI","price":46.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 24 cm \/ Pallet of 31 units \/ Siena","offer_id":53551909175643,"sku":"PBRIQ40SI-PALET","price":1376.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 24 cm \/ Siena \/ Unit","offer_id":53551909208411,"sku":"PBRIQ30SI","price":28.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 24 cm \/ Pallet of 45 units \/ Siena","offer_id":53551909241179,"sku":"PBRIQ30SI-PALET","price":1226.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-briqueta.jpg?v=1783606787"},{"product_id":"cubrepilar-doble-plano-hormigon-goteron","title":"Double Flat Concrete Pillar Cap - Drip Edge Against Damp","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDouble Flat Pillar Cap: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe double flat pillar cap finishes and protects precast, stone or brick pillars. Its double-flat profile includes a \u003cb\u003edrip edge on the underside that cuts off water before it reaches the pillar\u003c\/b\u003e, the usual cause of stains and chipping on the top of piers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnderside drip edge:\u003c\/b\u003e the perimeter groove forces the drop to fall straight down instead of running down the pillar's face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eNo internal reinforcement:\u003c\/b\u003e with no embedded steel, there's no risk of rust stains or spalling from reinforcement expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eVibro-pressed concrete:\u003c\/b\u003e a compact, low-absorption piece made with selected natural aggregates and high-strength cement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSemi-dry finish:\u003c\/b\u003e a matte, uniform surface, stable against the weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eVersatile cap:\u003c\/b\u003e the size-40 piece caps 30 and 40 cm pillar sections in any finish, including the Loarre and Bellver pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping precast enclosure pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping stone or brick piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting gate and entrance piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping fence pillars on plots exposed to rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing pillars in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e vibro-pressed concrete with selected natural aggregates and high-strength cement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eInternal reinforcement:\u003c\/b\u003e none, to avoid rust problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e semi-dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eProfile:\u003c\/b\u003e double flat with a drip edge on the underside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSize:\u003c\/b\u003e size 40.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white and beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet:\u003c\/b\u003e check availability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevel and clean the top of the pillar; remove dust, mortar residue and any release-agent film.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the piece and centre the overhang evenly on all four sides: the drip edge only works if it projects past the pillar's face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply concrete-precast adhesive in interior beads, leaving the edge strip free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed it and check level in both directions; correct before the adhesive starts to grab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean off any spillage while fresh and check that the drip-edge groove is completely clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize 40 — white — single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize 40 — beige — single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the most costly mistake with this cap is blocking the drip edge with spilled adhesive. If the groove gets clogged, water runs back down the pillar's face and within two winters a green streak appears. Run a finger along the whole groove before the adhesive sets and check it's clear on all four sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"Size 40 \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53551909536091,"sku":"CKPLA40B","price":21.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Size 40 \/ Unit \/ Beige","offer_id":53551909568859,"sku":"CKPLA40BG","price":21.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/cubrepilar-doble-plano.jpg?v=1783606796"},{"product_id":"pilar-ponferrada-aspecto-piedra-natural","title":"Ponferrada Pillar - Natural Stone Look for Outdoor Spaces","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePonferrada Pillar: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ponferrada pillar \u003cb\u003eimitates the appearance of natural stone\u003c\/b\u003e and is designed for contemporary outdoor projects that seek harmony with their surroundings. It is the reference with the most formats in the range, which lets you adjust the pillar height without cutting any piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNatural stone appearance:\u003c\/b\u003e texture and piece layout that blend the pillar into gardens and landscaped areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFour formats:\u003c\/b\u003e two sections and two piece heights, to build the pillar with precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh-quality materials:\u003c\/b\u003e a strong, durable piece for continuous outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo organic colors:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos, the same palette as the dry-stone pillar cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBalanced weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 14.8 kg per piece, stable on site and easy to handle by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence posts and plot enclosure pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate posts and garden entrance pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers and reinforcements in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas, porches and decorative structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscaping projects and landscaped outdoor areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete with a natural stone look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 20 cm, 30 × 30 × 30 cm, 40 × 40 × 20 cm and 40 × 40 × 30 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable colors:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per piece:\u003c\/b\u003e 14.8 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per package:\u003c\/b\u003e 45.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 20 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 45 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 30 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 36 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 20 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 30 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalculate the final height of the pillar and combine 20 and 30 cm pieces to reach the exact level without cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild a level footing and leave starter reinforcement bars along the center axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the first piece on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the pieces, threading the reinforcement through the central hollow, and mix pieces from several pallets to distribute the tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central hollow with fluid concrete in layers and check plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop it off with the textured dry-stone pillar cap, in 40 × 40 or 50 × 50 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available Formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 30 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 20 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 24 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 36 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 20 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 45 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e take advantage of the two piece heights and plan the layout on paper before ordering. By combining 20 and 30 cm pieces you can reach almost any height without cutting, and a cut on a natural stone finish is always noticeable: it leaves a smooth, gray edge that cannot be matched to the rest of the pillar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Ponferrada pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a concrete pillar with a natural stone look for outdoor projects, such as gardens, plot fences and gate posts. It is the reference with the most formats in the range, which lets you adjust the height without cutting pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes and colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are four formats: 30 × 30 × 20 cm, 30 × 30 × 30 cm, 40 × 40 × 20 cm and 40 × 40 × 30 cm. It is offered in champagne and pirineos, and each piece weighs 14.8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I get the exact height of the pillar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine pieces that are 20 and 30 cm high until you reach the height you need, without cutting any. It is best to plan the layout on paper before ordering, because a cut on a natural stone finish leaves a smooth edge that stands out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units does each pallet contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the format: 45 units for 30 × 30 × 20 cm, 36 for 30 × 30 × 30 cm and 24 for each of the 40 × 40 cm formats. You can also buy it by the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Ponferrada pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a concrete pillar with a natural stone look for outdoor projects, such as gardens, plot fences and gate posts. It is the reference with the most formats in the range, which lets you adjust the height without cutting pieces.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes and colors are available?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There are four formats: 30 × 30 × 20 cm, 30 × 30 × 30 cm, 40 × 40 × 20 cm and 40 × 40 × 30 cm. It is offered in champagne and pirineos, and each piece weighs 14.8 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I get the exact height of the pillar?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Combine pieces that are 20 and 30 cm high until you reach the height you need, without cutting any. It is best to plan the layout on paper before ordering, because a cut on a natural stone finish leaves a smooth edge that stands out.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units does each pallet contain?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It depends on the format: 45 units for 30 × 30 × 20 cm, 36 for 30 × 30 × 30 cm and 24 for each of the 40 × 40 cm formats. You can also buy it by the unit.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 30 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551910814043,"sku":"PIPOB4030CH","price":56.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 30 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551910879579,"sku":"PIPOB4030PR","price":56.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 30 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551910846811,"sku":"PIPOB4030CH-PALET","price":1291.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 30 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551910912347,"sku":"PIPOB4030PR-PALET","price":1291.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551910945115,"sku":"PIPOB4020CH","price":40.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551911010651,"sku":"PIPOB4020PR","price":40.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551910977883,"sku":"PIPOB4020CH-PALET","price":928.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 24 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551911043419,"sku":"PIPOB4020PR-PALET","price":928.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 30 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551911076187,"sku":"PIPOB3030CH","price":36.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 30 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551911141723,"sku":"PIPOB3030PR","price":36.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 30 cm \/ Pallet of 36 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551911108955,"sku":"PIPOB3030CH-PALET","price":1256.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 30 cm \/ Pallet of 36 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551911174491,"sku":"PIPOB3030PR-PALET","price":1256.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551911207259,"sku":"PIPOB3020CH","price":22.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551911272795,"sku":"PIPOB3020PR","price":22.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 45 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551911240027,"sku":"PIPOB3020CH-PALET","price":943.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 45 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551911305563,"sku":"PIPOB3020PR-PALET","price":943.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-poblet.jpg?v=1783606814"},{"product_id":"pilar-turegano-aspecto-mamposteria-jardin","title":"Turégano Pillar - Masonry Look for Garden and Enclosures","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTurégano Pillar: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Turégano pillar reproduces the \u003cb\u003elook of dry-stone masonry\u003c\/b\u003e, with an irregular coursing that visually connects the enclosure with its natural surroundings. It's the classic choice for a stone-look pillar without the cost or time of traditional masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMasonry coursing:\u003c\/b\u003e irregular relief that blends the pillar into gardens and natural settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSolid 21 kg piece:\u003c\/b\u003e gives the pillar stability from the first course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrganic colours:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos, two tones designed for landscaped outdoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMatching cap:\u003c\/b\u003e capped with the dry-stone pillar cap, in the same texture and colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQuick assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e by stacking, with no formwork or later cladding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for plot enclosures and garden fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers for gates and main entrances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtresses and reinforcements in masonry walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for decorative structures and pergolas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscaping projects and garden paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-strength concrete with a masonry finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 20 cm and 40 × 40 × 20 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 21 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e champagne and pirineos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 20 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 45 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 20 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 30 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible cap:\u003c\/b\u003e textured dry-stone pillar cap, in 40 × 40 and 50 × 50 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast a level footing and leave reinforcement starter bars on the pillar's axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the first piece on fresh mortar and check level, plumb and square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix pieces from several pallets: on a masonry finish, tone variation is part of the effect, but it pays to spread it out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the pieces, threading the reinforcement through the central void, and check plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central void with flowing concrete in lifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap it with the dry-stone pillar cap, leaving an even overhang on all four sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 20 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 30.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 20 cm — champagne or pirineos — single unit or pallet of 45.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e on masonry pieces, don't force the joint down to zero. The irregular relief means two pieces never fit perfectly flush; try to close the gap tight and by the fourth course the pillar ends up out of plumb. Work with a consistent joint of around 5 mm, filled and struck flush, and check plumb with a straightedge, not by eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551913795931,"sku":"PILLIC40CH","price":43.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551913927003,"sku":"PILLIC40PR","price":43.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 30 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551913861467,"sku":"PILLIC40CH-PALET","price":1242.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 30 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551913992539,"sku":"PILLIC40PR-PALET","price":1242.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Champagne \/ Unit","offer_id":53551914058075,"sku":"PILLIC30CH","price":22.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pyrenees \/ Unit","offer_id":53551914189147,"sku":"PILLIC30PR","price":22.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 45 units \/ Champagne","offer_id":53551914123611,"sku":"PILLIC30CH-PALET","price":954.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 20 cm \/ Pallet of 45 units \/ Pyrenees","offer_id":53551914221915,"sku":"PILLIC30PR-PALET","price":954.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-llicorella.jpg?v=1783606832"},{"product_id":"capitel-hormigon-remate-decorativo-pilares","title":"Concrete Capital - decorative finish for pillars","description":"\u003ch1\u003eConcrete Pillar Capital: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe capital is the decorative capping piece that tops 30 × 30 and 40 × 40 cm pillars. Its \u003cb\u003esocketed base self-centres on the pillar\u003c\/b\u003e, so the piece lines up on its own with no need for careful setting out, and it also serves as a support for lightweight garden structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSelf-centring:\u003c\/b\u003e the socket in the base fits over the top of the pillar and fixes its position with no templates or guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDual function:\u003c\/b\u003e it caps the pillar decoratively and also supports pergolas, porches and lightweight structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo sizes:\u003c\/b\u003e 50 × 50 cm for 30 × 30 cm pillars and 55 × 55 cm for 40 × 40 cm pillars, both with enough overhang to protect the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMoulded profile:\u003c\/b\u003e the stepped edge breaks the fall of water and adds shadow to the piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eVersatile cap:\u003c\/b\u003e the white finish combines with the smooth-face Bellver pillar and the carved-texture Loarre pillar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping enclosure and entrance pillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting pergolas and lightweight garden porches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping fence and gate piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping buttresses in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative feature at entrances and along paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e high-quality concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eLarge size:\u003c\/b\u003e 55 × 55 × 4 × 11 × 30 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSmall size:\u003c\/b\u003e 50 × 50 × 3.5 × 10 × 23 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColour:\u003c\/b\u003e white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCaps pillars of:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 cm and 40 × 40 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (55 × 55 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 12 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (50 × 50 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 8 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eBase:\u003c\/b\u003e self-centring socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the top of the pillar is level and free of mortar residue and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-fit the capital and check that the socket sits loosely over the pillar before applying anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a bonding adhesive for precast concrete in beads over the top of the pillar, without reaching the outer edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the piece and check level in both directions before the adhesive starts to grab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove any spillage while fresh, with a spatula and a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDon't load the piece with the pergola until the adhesive has cured for the time stated on its packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e55 × 55 × 4 × 11 × 30 cm — white — single unit or pallet of 12.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 × 50 × 3.5 × 10 × 23 cm — white — single unit or pallet of 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e don't bed the capital on a continuous mortar bed that runs right to the edge. If the mortar seals the whole perimeter, any water that gets in through a hairline crack stays trapped inside, and it freezes and chips the edge come the first winter. Work with interior beads and let the edge breathe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"55 × 55 × 4 × 11 × 30 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551914615131,"sku":"CAP500B","price":43.37,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"55 × 55 × 4 × 11 × 30 cm \/ Pallet of 12 units \/ White","offer_id":53551914647899,"sku":"CAP500B-PALET","price":494.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 3.5 × 10 × 23 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551914680667,"sku":"CAP300B","price":33.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 50 × 3.5 × 10 × 23 cm \/ Pallet of 8 units \/ White","offer_id":53551914713435,"sku":"CAP300B-PALET","price":256.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/capiteles.jpg?v=1783606842"},{"product_id":"pilar-manzanares-lineas-puras-cerramientos","title":"Manzanares Pillar - Pure Lines and Rounded Edge for Enclosures","description":"\u003ch1\u003eManzanares Pillar: what it is\u003c\/h1\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Manzanares pillar is the enclosure piece for anyone after a contemporary design: \u003cb\u003epure, fine lines with a slightly rounded edge\u003c\/b\u003e, a detail that softens the corner and highlights the pillar's continuity from top to bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eRounded edge:\u003c\/b\u003e the softened corner removes the sharp arris and gives the sense of a continuous piece, not stacked blocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTexture related to the Peñafiel:\u003c\/b\u003e shares character with the marble-finish pillar, so the two can be combined in the same enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFour colours:\u003c\/b\u003e white, sand, anthracite and anthracite black, including dark tones hard to find in precast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo sections:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 cm for light fences and 40 × 40 cm for gate piers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eStack assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e piece on piece, with no formwork or later cladding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillars for fences and plot enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiers for hinged and sliding gates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtresses and reinforcements in garden walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBases for pergolas, porches and decorative outdoor structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimalist-line enclosures in new builds and renovations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign:\u003c\/b\u003e pure, fine lines with a slightly rounded edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 × 30 × 17.1 cm and 40 × 40 × 17.1 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours available:\u003c\/b\u003e white, sand, anthracite and anthracite black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (30 × 30 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet (40 × 40 × 17.1 cm):\u003c\/b\u003e 48 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eNote:\u003c\/b\u003e the anthracite black colour is only supplied in the 30 × 30 cm section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast a level concrete footing and leave reinforcement starter bars on the pillar's axis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed the first piece on fresh mortar and check level and plumb in both directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the following pieces, threading the reinforcement through the central void and checking plumb every two courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the central void with flowing concrete in lifts, without filling the whole pillar at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet it set before hanging the gate or tying in the fence panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCap it with a pillar cap with a drip edge to protect the top of the pillar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 × 30 × 17.1 cm — white, sand, anthracite or anthracite black — single unit or pallet of 72.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 × 40 × 17.1 cm — white, sand or anthracite — single unit or pallet of 48.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e with the dark tones, don't fill the central void in one go. Flowing concrete pushes upward, seeps through the joints and leaves the grey cement wash marked on the anthracite; afterwards not even acid gets it off. Fill in lifts of three or four courses and clean off every spill while fresh with a damp sponge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551916974427,"sku":"PIA30B","price":15.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Unit \/ Anthracite Black","offer_id":53551917039963,"sku":"PIA30NAN","price":17.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551917105499,"sku":"PIA30AN","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Sand \/ Unit","offer_id":53551917171035,"sku":"PIA30AR","price":15.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53551917007195,"sku":"PIA30B-PALET","price":1090.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Anthracite Black","offer_id":53551917072731,"sku":"PIA30NAN-PALET","price":1199.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551917138267,"sku":"PIA30AN-PALET","price":1059.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 × 30 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53551917203803,"sku":"PIA30AR-PALET","price":1059.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ White \/ Unit","offer_id":53551917236571,"sku":"PIA40B","price":17.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53551917302107,"sku":"PIA40AN","price":17.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Sand \/ Unit","offer_id":53551917367643,"sku":"PIA40AR","price":17.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ White","offer_id":53551917269339,"sku":"PIA40B-PALET","price":804.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53551917334875,"sku":"PIA40AN-PALET","price":784.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 × 40 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 48 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53551917400411,"sku":"PIA40AR-PALET","price":784.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/pilar-agora.jpg?v=1783606858"},{"product_id":"panel-cerramiento-bastida-hormigon","title":"Bastida Enclosure Panel - Privacy with Air and Water Flow","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBastida Enclosure Panel: the piece that fills the gap\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnclosing a plot often forces you to choose between seeing out and being seen, or building a solid wall that blocks the air and leaves water pooling at the base. The Bastida panel solves both problems: its geometry \u003cb\u003eblocks the view from outside while still letting air circulate and water drain away\u003c\/b\u003e, with a yield of \u003cb\u003e10.70 pieces per square metre\u003c\/b\u003e of enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrivacy without a solid wall:\u003c\/b\u003e the interior can't be seen from outside, while light comes in and air flows through from the inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoesn't act as a sail:\u003c\/b\u003e because it lets the wind through, the enclosure is under far less stress than a solid fence of the same height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNo pooling water:\u003c\/b\u003e rainwater passes through the panel instead of collecting at the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo finished faces:\u003c\/b\u003e the panel is finished on the front and the back, so there is no ugly side to hide from your neighbour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTwo designs that can be combined:\u003c\/b\u003e the straight panel gives a clean line, while the curved one creates an interplay of light and shadow that changes throughout the day. They can be alternated within the same section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGuided dry assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e the panels interlock vertically with each other and sit in the notched profile of the column, with no formwork or welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure of plots, villas and single-family homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparation between neighbours and division of areas within the same property.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaising an existing block wall to gain height without filling it solid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing utility areas: septic tank, bins, clothes line, air conditioning unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure of swimming pools, sports courts and play areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete, finished on both faces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 75 × 11 × 12.5 cm (length × width × course height).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eYield:\u003c\/b\u003e 10.70 pieces per m² of enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStraight panel:\u003c\/b\u003e 9 kg per unit · 70 units per pallet · 916 kg per pallet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCurved panel:\u003c\/b\u003e 12 kg per unit · 63 units per pallet · 988 kg per pallet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColours:\u003c\/b\u003e white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum recommended height:\u003c\/b\u003e 1.88 m (15 stacked panels) with spans of up to 3.75 m between columns; 2.38 m (19 panels) reducing the span to 3.00 m.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e outdoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧩 This panel is one piece of a system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel \u003cb\u003ecannot stand on its own\u003c\/b\u003e: it is part of a modular enclosure made up of four pieces that are assembled together. To build the fence you will \u003cb\u003ealso need\u003c\/b\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida multi-angle column\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 22 × 17.1 cm): this is the post. Pieces are stacked one on top of another at a rate of \u003cb\u003e6 pieces per metre of height\u003c\/b\u003e, and its notched profile receives the ends of the panels. It is multi-angle, so it rotates to \u003cb\u003e45º, 90º, 135º, 180º and 225º\u003c\/b\u003e to handle corners, changes of direction and sloping ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida panel cap\u003c\/b\u003e (50 × 20 × 4 cm): it crowns the last course of panels, reinforces it and diverts water with its drip edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida column cap\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 28 × 4 cm): it covers the top of the column so that water cannot get into the fill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many panels you need.\u003c\/b\u003e Each panel covers 75 cm of span and 12.5 cm of height per course. A 3.00 m span between columns is closed with \u003cb\u003e4 panels per course\u003c\/b\u003e, and a 3.75 m span with \u003cb\u003e5 panels per course\u003c\/b\u003e. Stacking 15 courses gives a height of 1.88 m; with 19 courses you reach 2.38 m, but then the span must not exceed 3.00 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFoundation.\u003c\/b\u003e Dig a trench \u003cb\u003e35 cm wide by 50 cm deep\u003c\/b\u003e, place 4 reinforcing bars of 8 mm and anchor to them the vertical 8 mm bars that will run up inside each column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFilling and waiting.\u003c\/b\u003e Fill with grey M-80 mortar (minimum 380 kg\/m³, that is, 1 part cement to 4 parts sand), level it off with the straightedge, water it and \u003cb\u003eleave it to dry for at least 48 hours\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFirst course.\u003c\/b\u003e Wet the pieces before placing them. Set the first column piece perfectly level and plumb, and from there keep going up with columns and panels \u003cb\u003eat the same time\u003c\/b\u003e, checking alignment with the straightedge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInterlocking and reinforcing.\u003c\/b\u003e Place the panels so that they interlock vertically with each other, fill the joint gap with mortar or cement-based adhesive and run a \u003cb\u003e6 mm vertical reinforcing bar through each joint point\u003c\/b\u003e, anchored to the foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColumn filling.\u003c\/b\u003e Every 6 column pieces, fill the inside with lean M-40 mortar spread evenly. On the last piece, fill right up to the top to prevent the mortar from shrinking as it dries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCuring and capping.\u003c\/b\u003e The following day, water the work for 2 days and leave it to dry for another 48 hours. Then fit the panel caps, cover the column with its cap and treat the surface with a water repellent to make cleaning easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraight panel 75 × 11 × 12.5 cm — single unit or pallet of 70 pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved panel 75 × 11 × 12.5 cm — single unit or pallet of 63 pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the costliest mistake is failing to plumb the first column piece properly. Each column is dry-stacked on the previous one, so a millimetre of lean at the base is multiplied by the 9 or 12 pieces that go on top: by the time you reach the top you have 2 or 3 cm of deviation, the panels no longer interlock cleanly in the notched profile and the cap no longer sits flat. Level and plumb the first piece with a spirit level in two directions and don't continue until it is perfect. And always order 5% extra panels: corners get chipped during handling, and midway through the job there is no guarantee that the replacement pallet will have the same shade. For the same reason, mix pieces from different pallets as you place them, instead of emptying an entire pallet before opening the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Bastida enclosure panel and what is it used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a precast concrete panel that blocks the view from outside but lets air circulate and water drain away. It is used to enclose plots, separate neighbours or conceal utility areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its dimensions and how many panels do I need per square metre?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel measures 75 × 11 × 12.5 cm and the yield is 10.70 pieces per square metre. A 3.00 m span is closed with 4 panels per course and a 3.75 m span with 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the panel stand on its own or do I need more pieces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt cannot stand on its own: it is part of a modular system. You also need the Bastida multi-angle column, the panel cap and the column cap to complete the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat designs and colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a straight panel and a curved panel, which can be alternated within the same section, both finished on both faces. According to the technical specifications, the available colours are white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum recommended height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum recommended height is 1.88 m (15 stacked panels) with spans of up to 3.75 m between columns, or 2.38 m (19 panels) reducing the span to 3.00 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the Bastida enclosure panel and what is it used for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a precast concrete panel that blocks the view from outside but lets air circulate and water drain away. It is used to enclose plots, separate neighbours or conceal utility areas.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are its dimensions and how many panels do I need per square metre?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each panel measures 75 × 11 × 12.5 cm and the yield is 10.70 pieces per square metre. A 3.00 m span is closed with 4 panels per course and a 3.75 m span with 5.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the panel stand on its own or do I need more pieces?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It cannot stand on its own: it is part of a modular system. You also need the Bastida multi-angle column, the panel cap and the column cap to complete the enclosure.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What designs and colours are available?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"There is a straight panel and a curved panel, which can be alternated within the same section, both finished on both faces. According to the technical specifications, the available colours are white, anthracite and sand.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the maximum recommended height?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The maximum recommended height is 1.88 m (15 stacked panels) with spans of up to 3.75 m between columns, or 2.38 m (19 panels) reducing the span to 3.00 m.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565753360731,"sku":"TCOR75B","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Unit \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565753491803,"sku":"TCOR75AN","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Unit \/ Sand","offer_id":53565753622875,"sku":"TCOR75AR","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Pallet of 63 units \/ White","offer_id":53565753393499,"sku":"TCOR75B-PALET","price":598.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Pallet of 63 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565753524571,"sku":"TCOR75AN-PALET","price":598.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · curved panel \/ Pallet of 63 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53565753655643,"sku":"TCOR75AR-PALET","price":598.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565753426267,"sku":"TPLA75B","price":8.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Unit \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565753557339,"sku":"TPLA75AN","price":8.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Unit \/ Sand","offer_id":53565753688411,"sku":"TPLA75AR","price":8.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Pallet of 70 units \/ White","offer_id":53565753459035,"sku":"TPLA75B-PALET","price":589.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Pallet of 70 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565753590107,"sku":"TPLA75AN-PALET","price":589.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"75 × 11 × 12.5 cm · straight panel \/ Pallet of 70 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53565753721179,"sku":"TPLA75AR-PALET","price":589.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/paneles-toscana_3efda383-8dcd-4b1f-932c-a8c12106ece2.jpg?v=1783680479"},{"product_id":"remate-panel-cerramiento-bastida-hormigon","title":"Bastida Panel Coping - Caps and Reinforces the Enclosure","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBastida Panel Coping: the piece that caps and protects the fence\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge of an enclosure is the first thing to get dirty and the first to chip. The Bastida coping solves this with a piece that overhangs the plane of the fence and has \u003cb\u003edrip points spaced 15 cm apart\u003c\/b\u003e: rainwater is cut off at the drip point and falls clear of the panel, instead of running down the face and leaving streaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCuts off the water:\u003c\/b\u003e the drip edge keeps runoff away from the face of the enclosure, which is what causes the dark vertical stains on uncapped fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eReinforces the panel:\u003c\/b\u003e bonded with mortar or tile adhesive onto the last course, it ties the panels together and stiffens the most exposed edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eProtects against knocks:\u003c\/b\u003e the top edge stops being the bare edge of a panel and becomes a solid piece 4 cm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eTwo complementary pieces:\u003c\/b\u003e the \u003cb\u003estarter\u003c\/b\u003e piece fits into the column's toothed profile and the \u003cb\u003eintermediate\u003c\/b\u003e piece fills the bay, so the coping runs continuously from column to column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan be cut on site:\u003c\/b\u003e no need to order special pieces to adjust the last stretch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMatching finish:\u003c\/b\u003e the same colours as the panels and columns, so the fence reads as a single piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping enclosures for plots, detached houses and single-family homes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping dividing fences between neighbours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing extensions built up on existing block walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTopping off privacy screens for technical areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 50 × 20 × 4 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDistance between drip points:\u003c\/b\u003e 15 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/b\u003e 2 pieces per linear metre of coping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight:\u003c\/b\u003e 7.9 kg in white; 8.3 kg in anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003ePallet:\u003c\/b\u003e 174 units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003ePieces:\u003c\/b\u003e starter (fits into the column's toothed profile) and intermediate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours:\u003c\/b\u003e white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e outdoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧩 This coping is one piece of a system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coping isn't a standalone product: it caps a four-piece modular enclosure that's installed together. \u003cb\u003eYou'll also need\u003c\/b\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida multi-angle column\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 22 × 17.1 cm): the post. It's stacked at 6 pieces per metre of height, and its toothed profile, besides receiving the panels, is where this coping's starter piece fits. Being multi-angle, it lets the enclosure turn at \u003cb\u003e45º, 90º, 135º, 180º and 225º\u003c\/b\u003e: corners, kinks and sloping ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida enclosure panels\u003c\/b\u003e (75 × 11 × 12.5 cm, straight or curved): fill the bay between columns, 10.70 pieces per m².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida column cap\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 28 × 4 cm): the cap that closes the post at the top, the natural companion to this coping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many coping pieces you need.\u003c\/b\u003e Each piece covers 50 cm, so that's \u003cb\u003e2 pieces per linear metre\u003c\/b\u003e. A 3.00 m bay between columns (4 panels per course) takes 6 coping pieces; a 3.75 m one (5 panels per course) takes 7 and a half, solved by cutting the last piece. Remember the panel run reaches 1.88 m in height with 15 panel courses, or 2.38 m with 19 courses if you reduce the bay to 3.00 m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWait for curing.\u003c\/b\u003e Don't cap a freshly built fence: water the work for 2 days and let it dry for at least 48 more hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWet the pieces.\u003c\/b\u003e Dampen the coping pieces before installing them so they don't draw water out of the mortar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eStart at the column.\u003c\/b\u003e Fit the starter piece first, seating it into the column's toothed profile; it sets the line for the rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eContinue with the intermediate pieces.\u003c\/b\u003e Bond them with mortar or tile adhesive onto the last panel course, checking level piece by piece with a straightedge, and close the bay with another starter piece at the opposite column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdjust the last stretch.\u003c\/b\u003e If there's excess, cut the piece with a diamond-disc angle grinder, away from the section already installed so as not to get dust on the fence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eJoints and protection.\u003c\/b\u003e Fill and clean the joints and, once dry, apply a surface water repellent. Never use acidic products or high-pressure water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter piece 50 × 20 × 4 cm — single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntermediate piece 50 × 20 × 4 cm — single unit or pallet of 174.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e the classic mistake is fitting the coping backwards or bedding it so deep in mortar that the overhang is cancelled out. If the drip point isn't left hanging clear underneath, the water isn't cut off: it keeps going along the underside and runs down against the panel, and within two winters the fence is streaked black, with algae staining on north-facing sides. Fit the piece with the overhang facing outward on both sides, run a finger along the drip channel to check it's clear of mortar, and don't let the trowel clog it. And order 5% extra pieces: between trimming cuts and the odd chipped edge from handling, you're always a couple short.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · column starter piece \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565754081627,"sku":"RLO200B","price":15.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · column starter piece \/ Unit \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565754147163,"sku":"RLO200AN","price":15.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · column starter piece \/ Unit \/ Sand","offer_id":53565754245467,"sku":"RLO200AR","price":15.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · intermediate piece \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565754114395,"sku":"LO200B","price":9.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · intermediate piece \/ Unit \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565754179931,"sku":"LO200AN","price":9.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · intermediate piece \/ Unit \/ Sand","offer_id":53565754278235,"sku":"LO200AR","price":9.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · intermediate piece \/ Pallet of 174 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565754212699,"sku":"LO200AN-PALET","price":1644.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 × 20 × 4 cm · intermediate piece \/ Pallet of 174 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53565754311003,"sku":"LO200AR-PALET","price":1644.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/remates-para-paneles-toscana_0285179d-e746-4e74-9a5e-69975bf0495e.jpg?v=1783680489"},{"product_id":"columna-multiangulo-bastida-hormigon","title":"Bastida Multi-Angle Column - Corners, Curves and Sloping Ground","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBastida Multi-Angle Column: the post that turns with the plot\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost no plot is a perfect rectangle: there are corners that aren't 90º, boundaries that kink, and sloping ground. The Bastida column is built for exactly that: its outer toothed profile lets you build the enclosure \u003cb\u003eat 45º, 90º, 135º, 180º and 225º\u003c\/b\u003e with no special pieces or cutting, and it's stacked at a rate of \u003cb\u003e6 pieces per metre of height\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eGenuinely multi-angle:\u003c\/b\u003e the same post works as a straight-run column (180º), a corner column (90º), a gentle kink (135º or 45º), and a return (225º). No need to order different references for corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eNon-straight layouts:\u003c\/b\u003e chaining small turns lets you follow curved boundaries, roundabouts and path edges, something a fence of rigid 2 m panels can't do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSloping ground:\u003c\/b\u003e because the fence is built in 12.5 cm courses and the column rises 17.1 cm at a time, the enclosure steps down the slope instead of leaving a growing gap underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eSelf-stacking and self-locating:\u003c\/b\u003e tongue-and-groove between pieces, with the tongue facing up. There's no need to set out each post separately: the column goes up at the same time as the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFrom ground level or on a wall:\u003c\/b\u003e it starts from the foundation or is built on top of a wall already capped with wall coping, to add height without infilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eHollow and reinforceable:\u003c\/b\u003e the Ø 13.5 cm interior houses the vertical bar and the fill mortar, so the post ends up reinforced and monolithic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorners and kinks in plot or house enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFencing on sloping ground, stepping the enclosure down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved boundaries, entrance roundabouts and path edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding up existing block walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDividing zones within the same property: pool, vegetable garden, play area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e Ø 22 × 17.1 cm high; internal diameter Ø 13.5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/b\u003e 6 pieces per metre of column height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eAngles supported:\u003c\/b\u003e 45º, 90º, 135º, 180º and 225º.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight:\u003c\/b\u003e 6 kg per piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003ePallet:\u003c\/b\u003e 72 units, 445 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours:\u003c\/b\u003e white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eReinforcement:\u003c\/b\u003e vertical 8 mm bar anchored to the foundation; lean M-40 mortar fill every 6 pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e outdoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧩 This column is one piece of a system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column alone doesn't close anything off: it's the post of a four-piece modular enclosure that's installed together. \u003cb\u003eYou'll also need\u003c\/b\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida enclosure panels\u003c\/b\u003e (75 × 11 × 12.5 cm, straight or curved): fill the bay between columns. Each panel covers 75 cm of span and 12.5 cm of height per course, with a coverage of 10.70 pieces per m².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida panel coping\u003c\/b\u003e (50 × 20 × 4 cm): caps the last panel course and reinforces it. Its starter piece fits into this column's toothed profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida column cap\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 28 × 4 cm): the cap that closes the post at the top and keeps water out of the mortar fill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many columns and panels you need.\u003c\/b\u003e A 3.00 m bay between columns is closed with \u003cb\u003e4 panels per course\u003c\/b\u003e, and a 3.75 m one with \u003cb\u003e5 panels per course\u003c\/b\u003e. Stacking 15 panel courses reaches \u003cb\u003e1.88 m in height\u003c\/b\u003e with bays of up to 3.75 m; to go up to \u003cb\u003e2.38 m\u003c\/b\u003e (19 courses), reduce the bay to 3.00 m. For a 1.88 m fence, allow 11 column pieces per post (11 × 17.1 = 1.88 m).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFoundation.\u003c\/b\u003e Dig a trench \u003cb\u003e35 cm wide by 50 cm deep\u003c\/b\u003e along the whole run. Place 4 reinforcement bars of 8 mm for the footing, and anchor to them the vertical 8 mm bars that will run up inside each column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eConcreting.\u003c\/b\u003e Fill with M-80 grey mortar (minimum 380 kg\/m³, 1 part cement to 4 parts sand), screed level with a straightedge, water it, and \u003cb\u003elet it dry for at least 48 hours\u003c\/b\u003e before touching anything.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFirst piece.\u003c\/b\u003e Wet the pieces before installing them. Bed the first column piece \u003cb\u003elevel and plumb in both directions\u003c\/b\u003e: it governs the whole column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilding up together.\u003c\/b\u003e Build up columns and panels at the same time, always with the tongue of the tongue-and-groove facing up, checking alignment and plumb with a straightedge at every course.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFilling the column.\u003c\/b\u003e Every 6 pieces, fill the interior with lean M-40 mortar, well spread out. On the last piece, screed it right to the top to stop the mortar shrinking as it dries and leaving a hollow where water can collect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCuring and capping.\u003c\/b\u003e The next day, water the work for 2 days and let it dry for a further 48 hours. Then fit the panel copings, cap each column with its cap, and treat the surface with a water repellent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn piece Ø 22 × 17.1 cm — single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn piece Ø 22 × 17.1 cm — pallet of 72 units (445 kg).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e what ruins these fences is skipping the foundation or the reinforcement. With a trench under 50 cm deep, or without the vertical bars anchored to the footing, the column is just a stack of 6 kg pieces resting on each other: the first strong gust of wind or a knock from a car reversing opens it at a joint and brings down the panel run hanging off it. The same happens if you skip the mortar fill every 6 pieces. And plumb the first piece obsessively: a 2 mm error at the base becomes 2 cm at the top, the panels stop fitting cleanly into the toothed profile, and the coping no longer sits flat. Set out the whole column line with string before concreting, measuring the real bays, because once the footing has set the bars won't move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565754704219,"sku":"COL22B","price":7.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Unit \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565754769755,"sku":"COL22AN","price":7.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Unit \/ Sand","offer_id":53565754835291,"sku":"COL22AR","price":7.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ White","offer_id":53565754736987,"sku":"COL22B-PALET","price":523.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565754802523,"sku":"COL22AN-PALET","price":523.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 22 × 17.1 cm \/ Pallet of 72 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53565754868059,"sku":"COL22AR-PALET","price":523.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/columna-multiangulo-toscana_621d82d6-09e0-47ea-a852-2f408efc1b4b.jpg?v=1783680498"},{"product_id":"remate-columna-bastida-hormigon","title":"Bastida Column Cap - Cover That Protects Against Rainwater","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBastida Column Cap: the cap that closes the post\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn enclosure column is hollow and gets filled with mortar. Left uncapped, it collects rainwater like a cup: the water seeps in, freezes in winter, expands and opens up the joints between pieces. This cap prevents that with a \u003cb\u003eØ 28 × 4 cm\u003c\/b\u003e cover that overhangs the Ø 22 cm shaft and has a \u003cb\u003edrip edge at Ø 24.5 cm\u003c\/b\u003e to release the water clear of the column.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eKeeps water out:\u003c\/b\u003e the technical reason for the piece. Without it, the mortar fill becomes saturated and frost works against the joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDrip edge at Ø 24.5 cm:\u003c\/b\u003e the water is cut off and falls to the ground instead of running down the shaft and leaving dark streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 cm overhang per side:\u003c\/b\u003e the cap projects past the column's Ø 22 cm, so it also protects the edge of the last piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eFinishes the fence:\u003c\/b\u003e it's what separates a finished enclosure from an unfinished job. It gives each post a clean cap and a continuous horizontal line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMatching finish:\u003c\/b\u003e the same colours as the column, the panels and the panel coping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eOne-minute installation:\u003c\/b\u003e one piece per column, bonded with mortar or tile adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping the posts of plot and house enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping the pillars of dividing fences between neighbours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing columns on extensions built up on existing walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapping columns in enclosures for pools, vegetable gardens or play areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical data sheet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e Ø 28 × 4 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eDistance between drip points:\u003c\/b\u003e Ø 24.5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWeight:\u003c\/b\u003e 5.22 kg per unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003ePallet:\u003c\/b\u003e 30 units, 172 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCoverage:\u003c\/b\u003e 1 piece per column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eColours:\u003c\/b\u003e white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e outdoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧩 This cap is one piece of a system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the last of the four pieces in a modular enclosure that's installed together. \u003cb\u003eYou'll also need\u003c\/b\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida multi-angle column\u003c\/b\u003e (Ø 22 × 17.1 cm): the post this cap sits on. It's stacked at \u003cb\u003e6 pieces per metre of height\u003c\/b\u003e, and its toothed profile lets the enclosure turn at \u003cb\u003e45º, 90º, 135º, 180º and 225º\u003c\/b\u003e, for corners, kinks and sloping ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida enclosure panels\u003c\/b\u003e (75 × 11 × 12.5 cm, straight or curved): fill the bay between columns, at 10.70 pieces per m².\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Bastida panel coping\u003c\/b\u003e (50 × 20 × 4 cm): caps the last panel course, at 2 pieces per linear metre, and its starter piece fits into the column's toothed profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many you need.\u003c\/b\u003e One per column, no more, no less. As a reference: a 3.00 m bay between columns is closed with 4 panels per course and a 3.75 m one with 5; with 15 courses the fence reaches 1.88 m and with 19 courses, 2.38 m, reducing the bay to 3.00 m. Count the columns in your layout, add one for every corner and every end, and that's how many caps you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eScreed the last piece.\u003c\/b\u003e Before capping, fill the column with lean M-40 mortar and screed it level with the top edge of the last piece, so there's no hollow where water can collect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWait for curing.\u003c\/b\u003e Water the work for 2 days and let it dry for at least a further 48 hours before capping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eWet the piece.\u003c\/b\u003e Dampen the cap so it doesn't draw water out of the bonding mortar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCentre and bond.\u003c\/b\u003e Bed the cap with mortar or tile adhesive, centred on the shaft so the overhang is even all the way round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eCheck the level.\u003c\/b\u003e Check with a spirit level that it's horizontal in both directions: a tilted cap concentrates water at one point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eClean and protect.\u003c\/b\u003e Remove mortar residue before it sets and, once dry, apply a surface water repellent. No acids or high-pressure water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn cap Ø 28 × 4 cm — single unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn cap Ø 28 × 4 cm — pallet of 30 units (172 kg).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: white, anthracite and sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e a lot of people leave the column caps \"for later\" because they look like pure decoration and the budget is tight. It's the saving that costs the most: the uncapped hollow column fills with water, the fill mortar becomes saturated, and at the first freeze-thaw cycle the joints between pieces start to open and leach white efflorescence. Fixing it means dismantling the column from the top. Fit them during the same job. And when bedding them, don't hammer them into place: they're 4 cm-thick pieces with a recessed drip edge on the underside, and a sharp knock splits them right along it. Bed them by hand and adjust with a rubber mallet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"White \/ Unit","offer_id":53565755097435,"sku":"CR28B","price":16.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Anthracite \/ Unit","offer_id":53565755162971,"sku":"CR28AN","price":16.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sand \/ Unit","offer_id":53565755228507,"sku":"CR28AR","price":16.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 28 × 4 cm \/ Pallet of 30 units \/ White","offer_id":53565755130203,"sku":"CR28B-PALET","price":469.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 28 × 4 cm \/ Pallet of 30 units \/ Anthracite","offer_id":53565755195739,"sku":"CR28AN-PALET","price":469.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø 28 × 4 cm \/ Pallet of 30 units \/ Sand","offer_id":53565755261275,"sku":"CR28AR-PALET","price":469.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/remate-para-columna-toscana_94266b82-3440-4c92-bfff-44b66c0bf896.jpg?v=1783680505"},{"product_id":"balaustre-penalara-85-cm","title":"Peñalara Baluster 85 cm - Safety Height for Pool and Terrace Railings","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePeñalara 85 cm Baluster: What It Is\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the tallest piece in the Peñalara collection: a concrete baluster measuring \u003cb\u003e13 × 13 × 85 cm\u003c\/b\u003e that lets the balustrade reach, in a single piece, the height required for a terrace, balcony or pool enclosure. It avoids the makeshift fix of building a base wall to gain extra centimeters, which is what usually ends up happening when the baluster falls short.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Main advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e85 cm in a single piece:\u003c\/b\u003e no raising wall or intermediate joints that crack later on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e16 kg per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e weight that gives the section stability without needing lifting equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e13 × 13 cm section:\u003c\/b\u003e shares the same base size as the other heights in the collection, so it uses the same cap and the same shim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTurned Ø 12.8 cm profile:\u003c\/b\u003e pronounced belly, classic line and a generous gap between pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIndoor and outdoor:\u003c\/b\u003e equally suitable for an interior staircase or an enclosure exposed to the weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🏗️ Recommended applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublic and private pool enclosures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerrace, balcony and rooftop fences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior and interior staircase railings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlot enclosures on masonry walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e 13 × 13 × 85 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximum shaft diameter:\u003c\/b\u003e Ø 12.8 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight per unit:\u003c\/b\u003e 16 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFull pallet weight:\u003c\/b\u003e 1,040 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e precast concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColor:\u003c\/b\u003e white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnits per pallet:\u003c\/b\u003e 64.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAnchoring:\u003c\/b\u003e galvanized dowel, 40 × Ø 0.6 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse:\u003c\/b\u003e indoor and outdoor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e🧰 Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the supporting wall or tie beam is level and clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet out the spacing between centers from end to end and mark each point before drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the galvanized dowel at each mark; at a height of 85 cm the dowel is essential, not optional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat the baluster on a bed of bonding mortar, guiding the dowel into the lower hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlumb piece by piece and check the alignment of the run with a string line before the mortar sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the top cap, which is what ties the whole assembly together, and point the joints at the end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📦 Available formats\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle unit of 13 × 13 × 85 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull pallet of 64 units (1,040 kg).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e💡 Professional tip:\u003c\/b\u003e for a pool enclosure, the height that counts is that of the finished assembly measured from the walkable floor, not the height of the baluster. Measure from the finished slab, not from the tie beam: between paving, bedding mortar and cap, 8 or 10 cm can easily be lost, and that difference is what decides whether the fence complies or has to be redone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight of the Peñalara 85 cm baluster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 13 x 13 x 85 cm, with a maximum shaft diameter of Ø 12.8 cm. It weighs 16 kg per unit, and the full pallet weighs 1,040 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for a pool or terrace fence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is used for pool enclosures, terrace, balcony and rooftop fences, staircase railings and plot enclosures. When measuring the height, it is best to do so from the finished slab, not from the tie beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is it the tallest piece in the collection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 85 cm in a single piece, the balustrade reaches the height required for an enclosure without building a raising base wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it anchored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a galvanized dowel of 40 x Ø 0.6 cm at each marked point, on a bed of bonding mortar. At this height the dowel is essential, not optional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many units are in a pallet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full pallet contains 64 units. The single unit is also sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the Peñalara 85 cm baluster?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 13 x 13 x 85 cm, with a maximum shaft diameter of Ø 12.8 cm. It weighs 16 kg per unit, and the full pallet weighs 1,040 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it be used for a pool or terrace fence?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it is used for pool enclosures, terrace, balcony and rooftop fences, staircase railings and plot enclosures. When measuring the height, it is best to do so from the finished slab, not from the tie beam.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is it the tallest piece in the collection?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"With 85 cm in a single piece, the balustrade reaches the height required for an enclosure without building a raising base wall first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is it anchored?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"With a galvanized dowel of 40 x Ø 0.6 cm at each marked point, on a bed of bonding mortar. At this height the dowel is essential, not optional.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many units are in a pallet?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The full pallet contains 64 units. The single unit is also sold separately.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Vetonek","offers":[{"title":"13 × 13 × 85 cm \/ Unit \/ White","offer_id":53565772759387,"sku":"BL850B","price":27.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"13 × 13 × 85 cm \/ Pallet of 64 units \/ White","offer_id":53565772792155,"sku":"BL850B-PALET","price":1645.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0276\/9698\/8257\/files\/balaustres-serie-850.jpg?v=1783680889"}],"url":"https:\/\/vetonek.com\/en\/collections\/prefabricated-concrete.oembed?page=5","provider":"Vetonek","version":"1.0","type":"link"}